WO2020063364A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents
Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020063364A1 WO2020063364A1 PCT/CN2019/105608 CN2019105608W WO2020063364A1 WO 2020063364 A1 WO2020063364 A1 WO 2020063364A1 CN 2019105608 W CN2019105608 W CN 2019105608W WO 2020063364 A1 WO2020063364 A1 WO 2020063364A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- data
- modulation
- length
- modulation data
- time
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2614—Peak power aspects
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and device.
- IoT Internet of Things
- network devices and terminal devices.
- terminal devices and network devices are required to provide wide coverage, and low prices and long battery life are required for IoT devices.
- the size of the data packets transmitted between IoT devices is small. If synchronous transmission is used between IoT devices, the upper line is an example of synchronous transmission.
- Network devices can send their corresponding timing advance (TA) information to each terminal device through control signaling. Each terminal device adjusts according to its timing advance information.
- TA timing advance
- the sending time when sending the uplink data can make the time when the uplink data sent by different terminal devices reach the network device is substantially aligned. Because the timing advance information of the terminal device is not always maintained, the terminal device and the network device need to continuously perform control signaling interactions to maintain synchronization between the two. Therefore, when transmitting smaller data packets between IoT devices, The signaling overhead cannot be ignored. In addition, maintaining synchronization will also continuously consume power to reduce the battery life of IoT devices.
- IoT devices can use asynchronous transmission to transmit data.
- asynchronous transmission the above asynchronous transmission is used as an example.
- the data sent by different terminal devices can reach the network devices at different times (that is, they are not aligned). Therefore, network devices do not need to send TA information to each terminal device through control signaling. Because terminal devices and network devices do not need to perform control signaling interaction to maintain synchronization, when transmitting smaller data packets between IoT devices, asynchronous transmission can reduce signaling overhead and increase the system capacity of IoT devices.
- Asynchronous transmission can save more power and improve battery life.
- the time when data sent by different terminal devices reaches the network device may be different.
- the terminal device uses frequency domain resources to transmit data to the network device, if the frequency domain resources of different terminal devices are frequency-divided, and the frequency points corresponding to the frequency domain resources allocated to different terminal devices are relatively close, it is easy to appear
- the energy of the data sent by the first terminal device may leak to a bandwidth other than the frequency domain resources of the first terminal device, for example, the frequency domain resources of a second terminal device adjacent to the first terminal device, The leaked energy may interfere with the data transmission of the second terminal device adjacent to the first terminal device, increase the error rate when the adjacent second terminal device performs data transmission, and reduce the data transmission rate.
- the energy leakage of the data sent by the terminal equipment to the frequency domain resources of the terminal equipment can be called out-of-band (OOB) data or out-of-band leakage (OOB emission) .
- Bandwidth data or out-of-band leakage can also be referred to as OOB for short. Therefore, in order to support asynchronous transmission in the IoT scenario, it is necessary to design a low OOB waveform that conforms to asynchronous transmission to achieve low OOB data transmission. Further, if the peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) of the low OOB waveform is relatively high, the low OOB waveform will be improved after passing through a non-linear power amplifier (PA), which is not very good. Low OOB characteristic of keeping the waveform. Therefore, in order to support asynchronous transmission, it is necessary to design a waveform with low OOB and low PAPR that conforms to asynchronous transmission, so as to realize data transmission with low OOB and low PAPR.
- PA peak-to-average power ratio
- the embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and device to implement data transmission with low OOB and low PAPR.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method.
- data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ .
- l ′ is an integer; according to Time-domain symbol l transmission on the data s l, 0, and transmits data s l, 0, wherein, s l, a length of 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data s l, 0 (n) is
- k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to
- k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N number of filter coefficients C 0 Value; data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase
- the n-th time-domain data sent on each time-domain symbol can be correlated with the n-th time-domain data of multiple other time-domain symbols, thereby ensuring transmission on different time-domain symbols.
- the correlation and continuity of the data reduces OOB.
- the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to obtain the n-th data in s l, 0 .
- the multiplication operation can be reduced, so the PAPR of the transmission data s l, 0 obtained by using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is lower.
- the modulation data d l ′ can be mapped into time-domain symbols, and the frequency-domain resource position where the data is located can be adjusted through phase rotation, such as: adjusting the frequency-domain distance between different data as needed, thereby reducing the Frequency domain interference.
- Sending data s l, 0 includes: performing phase rotation on data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N send
- the frequency domain resource position where the filtered data is located can be adjusted by phase rotation, such as: adjusting the frequency domain distance between different data as required, thereby reducing the frequency domain interference between the data.
- the method further includes: obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; for M-1 modulation data, The m-th modulation data d l ′, m . According to the modulation data d l ′, m , the data of the m-th path length N is obtained.
- m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; according to To obtain output data length of m s l, m, s l, m of N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) as: for In the nth data, C m (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the nth + offset-l ′ ⁇ N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; obtained according to the modulation data d l ′, m Data with length m of path N Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N Or, perform frequency-domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of length m of the m-th path.
- the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain data of the m-th path length N.
- the transmission data s l, 0 comprising: the s l, 0, and s l, m of length N resulting combined output data s l, sending s l, s l n-th data
- This multiplexing method can reduce the amplitude of the larger data in the transmission data and increase the transmission data.
- the amplitude of the data with a relatively small amplitude can make the overall amplitude of the transmitted data that is finally combined change slowly, and the amplitude fluctuation is small, and the PAPR of the transmitted data can be reduced.
- the frequency domain resource location where the data is sent can be adjusted by the phase factor, such as: adjusting the frequency domain distance between different data as needed, thereby reducing frequency domain interference between the data.
- the data of the m-th path length N is obtained.
- s l, 0 and s l, m to obtain the combined output data s l of length N includes: performing phase rotation on s l, 0 and s l, m to obtain the rotated According to the rotated And rotated
- the combined output data s l of length N is obtained.
- the data of the m-th path length N is obtained.
- sending s l includes: performing phase rotation on data s l to obtain data of length N send
- the data s l may be mapped to corresponding frequency domain resource position by the phase rotation, such as: to adjust the distance between the frequency domain data according to different needs, thus reducing the interference between the frequency-domain data.
- M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , including: according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1.
- M-1 is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , M-1 is obtained.
- Modulation data of the second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 where M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1 l′-1 and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 to obtain the third modulation data d l ′, 3 of the M-1 modulation data, where M-1 is greater than Or 3; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK.
- M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data transmitted on multiple time-domain symbols before the time-domain symbol l ′, which can guarantee each modulation
- the data is related.
- the amplitude of the larger data in the multi-channel data can be reduced, the amplitude of the smaller data in the multi-channel data can be increased, and the combined transmitted data can be made.
- the overall amplitude changes slowly and amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 The n + 2N value C 0 (n + 2N) in the filter coefficient and the n + N value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the second filter coefficient C 2 of 2 n values C (n) the filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), n + 2N values of C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0 And the n + 3N value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; and / or, the n-th value C 3 (n) in the third filter coefficient C 3 is based on the filter C 0 coefficient in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 n + N values of C 0 (n +
- the filter coefficient C m corresponding to the time domain symbols of other M-1 channels can be determined according to the filter coefficient C 0 of the 0th channel, so that each channel is filtered. There is a correlation between the filter coefficients. Subsequently, when the multiplexed data is merged, the amplitude of the larger data in the multiplexed data can be reduced, and the amplitude of the smaller data in the multiplexed data can be increased. The overall amplitude of the data changes slowly, and the amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
- M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , which includes: M is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1.
- M-1 modulation data can be obtained from the modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and the time domain symbol l′-1, which can ensure that Each channel of modulation data is related.
- the amplitude of the larger data in the multiple channels of data can be reduced, the amplitude of the smaller data in the multiple channels of data can be increased, and The overall amplitude changes slowly and the amplitude fluctuation is small, which can reduce PAPR.
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- the amplitude of the larger data in the multi-channel data can be reduced, and the amplitude of the smaller data in the multi-channel data can be increased, so that the merged data is sent
- the overall amplitude of the data changes slowly, and the amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
- the nth value C 0 (n) in the filter coefficient C 0 is based on the filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determined; and / or, the n-th value C 1 (n) in the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficient N + Nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determined; and / or, the n-th value C 2 (n) in the second filter coefficient C 2 is based on the filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients N + Nth value in OK; where filter coefficients Determined by the filter coefficients g (n) and N, p is an integer greater than or equal to 0; the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- the data of the m-th path length N is obtained. Including: performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the rotated d l ′, m , and obtaining the data of the mth path length N according to the rotated d l ′, m
- the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
- phase rotation can be performed on the modulation data d l ′ , so that there is a phase difference between the modulation data transmitted on adjacent symbols, which is convenient for reducing the in-phase phase when performing a filtering operation. Increased probability, which can reduce the PAPR of the transmitted data.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that can implement the functions of the first aspect described above, or can implement the functions of each possible design in the first aspect.
- the functions can be implemented by hardware.
- the corresponding software can be implemented by hardware execution.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the foregoing functions.
- the communication device may include: a first data processing unit, a second data processing unit, and a sending unit;
- a first data processing unit configured to obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′
- l ′ is an integer
- data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′
- Performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, perform frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N
- the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N.
- the first data processing unit is configured to: Performing phase rotation on the d l ′ to obtain the The n-th data, wherein n in the ⁇ n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
- the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulated data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N
- the sending unit is configured to: perform phase rotation on the data s 1, 0 to obtain data of length N Send the
- the first data processing unit is further configured to obtain M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and, for The m-th modulation data d l ′, m of the M-1 modulation data, according to the modulation data d l ′, m, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; the second data processing unit is further configured to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for The n-th data in the image, C m (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; the sending unit is specifically configured to: The s l, 0 and the
- frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT are performed on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N
- the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain the data of the m-th path length N.
- the first data processing unit is configured to: according to the phase factor Performing phase rotation on the d l ′, m to obtain the The nth data.
- the first data processing unit when the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N
- the sending unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the s l, 0 and the s l, m to obtain a rotated As described after the rotation And said rotated
- the combined output data s l of length N is obtained.
- the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N
- the sending unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the data sl to obtain data of length N Send the
- the first data processing unit is configured to: according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1 , and the time domain symbol l Modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on ′ -2 to obtain the first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the M-1 modulation data, where M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / Or, according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , The second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 of the M-1 modulation data, wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, according to the modulation data d l ′ and the time domain symbol l ′ d l'-1, and the time domain symbol l'-3 transmit modulated data transmitted on
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the said first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0, C 0 and the filter coefficients in the n + N values of C 0 (n + N) is determined; and / or said second n-channel filter coefficient value C 2 (n) in accordance with said filter coefficients C 2 C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in The n + 2Nth value C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) of the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the third-path filtering n values of the coefficients C 3 C 3 (n) based on the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the
- the first data processing unit is configured to obtain the M-1 according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1.
- Modulation data is the first modulation data; wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK.
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- these filter coefficients may be determined by a second data processing unit.
- the first data processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain a rotated d l ′, m , and according to the rotated d l ′, M to obtain the data of the m-th path length N
- the modulation mode of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
- a communication device may implement the functions of the first aspect described above, or may implement the functions in each possible design in the first aspect.
- the communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and may also include a memory.
- the processor is configured to obtain data of length N for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ according to the modulation data d l ′ .
- l ′ is an integer
- data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, perform frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N.
- the processor is configured to: Performing phase rotation on the d l ′ to obtain the The n-th data, wherein n in the ⁇ n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
- the processor when the processor is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N
- the communication interface is configured to: perform phase rotation on the data s 1, 0 to obtain data of length N Send the
- the processor is further configured to obtain M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and, for M The m-th modulation data d l ′, m of the -1 modulation data, according to the modulation data d l ′, m, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; the processor is further configured to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for In the nth data, C m (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; the processor is further configured to Said s l, 0 and said s l, m obtain the
- frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT are performed on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N
- the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain the data of the m-th path length N.
- the processor is configured to: according to the phase factor Performing phase rotation on the d l ′, m to obtain the The nth data.
- the processor when the processor is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N
- the processor is configured to: perform phase rotation on the s l, 0 and the s l, m to obtain the rotated As described after the rotation And said rotated
- the combined output data s l of length N is obtained.
- the processor is configured to: according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 1 , and the time-domain symbol l′-2 Transmitting the modulation data d l′-2 to obtain the first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the M-1 modulation data, where the M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / or, The modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , to obtain the M-1.
- Modulation data of the second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, transmitted on the modulation data d l ′ and the time domain symbol l′-1 Modulation data d l′-1 and modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 to obtain the third modulation data d l ′, 3 of the M-1 modulation data, Wherein, the M-1 is greater than or equal to 3; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK.
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the said first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0, C 0 and the filter coefficients in the n + N values of C 0 (n + N) is determined; and / or said second n-channel filter coefficient value C 2 (n) in accordance with said filter coefficients C 2 C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in The n + 2Nth value C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) of the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the third-path filtering n values of the coefficients C 3 C 3 (n) based on the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the
- the processor is configured to obtain the M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1.
- the first modulation data of the modulation data wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK.
- the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- these filter coefficients may be determined by a processor.
- the processor is configured to: perform phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain a rotated d l ′, m , and obtain according to the rotated d l ′, m
- the length of the m-th path is N
- the modulation mode of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
- a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory so that the memory
- the communication device executes the data transmission method according to the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
- a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer can execute the foregoing first aspect or any one of the foregoing aspects. Design the described data transmission method.
- a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the data transmission method according to the first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
- a chip system includes a processor and a communication interface for implementing the method in the first aspect.
- the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store program instructions and / or data.
- the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
- a communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device.
- the first communication device sends data to the second communication device.
- the first communication device can implement the method of the first aspect. Or any method of designing the first aspect.
- the first communication device is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device; or, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the first communication device is a network device.
- FIG. 1 is a simplified schematic diagram of a system architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 3a is a schematic structural diagram of a filter according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4a is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4b is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4c is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4d is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4e is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 4f is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of PAPR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 6a is a schematic diagram of a filter coefficient provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the data transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a 5G communication system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a future mobile communication system, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
- the 5G communication system may also be referred to as a new radio (NR) system.
- NR new radio
- this embodiment of the present application is applicable to a communication system.
- the communication system may include a terminal device and a network device, and the terminal device and the network device may transmit data to each other.
- transmitting data may include sending data or receiving data.
- the terminal device may send data to the network device, and the network device may receive data sent by the terminal; or, the network device sends data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives data sent by the network device.
- the system shown in FIG. 1 includes multiple terminal devices, multiple terminal devices can simultaneously send data processed by the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to the network device.
- the data sent by the terminal device may be any form of data sent by the terminal device to the network device, for example, it may be radio resource control (RRC) layer data, media access control (media access control) , MAC) layer data, physical layer data, etc., this application is not limited.
- RRC radio resource control
- media access control media access control
- MAC media access control
- the processed data when the terminal device sends data processed by the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to the network device, the processed data may be directly sent, or the processed data may be subjected to other processes.
- Sending after processing for example, sending after other baseband and / or radio frequency processing, there is no limitation in this application.
- the data sent by the network device may also be any form of data sent by the network device to the terminal device, and details are not described again.
- the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to scenarios other than FIG. 1 that support asynchronous transmission, such as wireless backhaul scenarios, device-to-device (D2D), or vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle) everything, V2X) scenario.
- wireless backhaul scenarios the macro base station and the micro base station may use the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to perform data transmission.
- terminal devices may use the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to perform data transmission.
- the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various access technologies. For example, it can be applied to orthogonal multiple access (OMA) technology or non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) technology. When applied to orthogonal multiple access technology, it can be applied to orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) or single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA))
- OMA orthogonal multiple access
- OFDMA orthogonal frequency division multiple access
- SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited. Exemplarily, when the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to OFDMA or SC-FDMA technology, it may be used for data transmission in one subcarrier.
- SCMA sparse code multiple access
- MUSA multi-user shared access
- pattern division multiple access Access pattern, division, multiple access, PDMA
- interleaved-grid multiple access IGMA
- resource extended multiple access resource, spread multiple access, RSMA
- non-orthogonal coding multiple access non-orthogonal coded multiple access (NCMA)
- NOCA non-orthogonal coded access
- the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various scheduling types. For example, it can be applied to authorization-based scheduling or authorization-free scheduling.
- network equipment can send scheduling information to terminal equipment through dynamic signaling.
- the scheduling information carries transmission parameters, and network equipment and terminal equipment perform data transmission based on the transmission parameters.
- license-free scheduling scheduling information can be pre-configured, or network equipment can send scheduling information to terminal equipment using semi-static signaling.
- the scheduling information carries transmission parameters, and network equipment and terminal equipment perform data transmission based on the transmission parameters.
- the authorization-free scheduling may also be called without dynamic scheduling, without dynamic authorization, or other names, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the terminal device may be referred to as a terminal, and the terminal device may be a device with a wireless transmitting and receiving function.
- the terminal device may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, or vehicle; it may also be deployed in Above water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
- the terminal device may be a user equipment (UE).
- the UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function.
- the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function.
- the terminal device can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or intelligent Wireless terminals in the power grid, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
- the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal or a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system.
- the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
- the device for implementing the functions of the terminal is a terminal, and the terminal is a UE as an example, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described.
- the network device may include a base station (BS), and may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and is capable of performing wireless communication with a terminal.
- Base stations may take many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points.
- the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, and the base station in 5G may also be referred to as a transmission and reception point (TRP) or a gNB.
- TRP transmission and reception point
- the device for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device or a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system.
- the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described by taking the device for realizing the functions of the network device as a network device and taking the network device as a base station as an example.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a composition of a communication device 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 201, a communication line 202, and at least one communication interface 203; further, it may further include a memory 204.
- the processor 201, the memory 204, and the communication interface 203 may be connected through a communication line 202.
- at least one may be one, two, three or more, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
- the processor 201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), and a microprocessor. , Microcontroller, programmable logic device (programmable logic device, PLD) or any combination thereof.
- the processor may also be another device having a processing function, such as a circuit, a device, or a software module.
- the communication line 202 is used to transmit information between components included in the communication device.
- the communication interface 203 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks (such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.).
- the communication interface 203 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
- the memory 204 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and / or instructions, or may be a random access memory (random access memory).
- RAM random access memory
- dynamic storage devices that can store information and / or instructions, can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), read-only compact disc (compact disc-read- only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disc storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store
- EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
- CD-ROM compact disc-read- only memory
- CD-ROM compact disc-read- only memory
- optical disc storage including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.
- the memory 204 may exist independently of the processor 201, that is, the memory 204 may be a memory external to the processor 201. At this time, the memory 204 may be connected to the processor 201 through the communication line 202 for storing instructions Or program code.
- the processor 201 calls and executes the instructions or program codes stored in the memory 204, it can implement the data transmission method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
- the memory 204 may also be integrated with the processor 201, that is, the memory 204 may be an internal memory of the processor 201.
- the memory 204 is a cache and may be used to temporarily store some data and / Or instruction information.
- the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2.
- the communication device 200 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 207 in FIG. 2.
- the communication apparatus 200 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206.
- the input device 206 may be a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick
- the output device 205 may be a device such as a display screen or a speaker.
- the above-mentioned communication device 200 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
- the communication device 200 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a PDA, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure in FIG. 2.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 200.
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the method may be executed by a terminal device shown in FIG. 1 or a network device shown in FIG. 1 without limitation.
- the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by a terminal device as an example to describe the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the method may include steps 301 to 303:
- Step 301 For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ . Or it can also be described as: obtaining data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ Among them, d l ′ is modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, and d l ′ may also be referred to as modulation data corresponding to the time domain symbol l ′. Among them, d l ′ contains a modulation data.
- the time domain symbol l ′ may be any time domain symbol among one or more time domain symbols used by the terminal device for data transmission.
- L ′ is a sequence number (or index) of the time domain symbol, which may be greater than or equal to 0.
- the integer can be an integer less than 0, without limitation.
- a slot may include 14 time domain symbols. When the 14 time domain symbols are numbered from 0, the index of the 14 time domain symbols is From 0 to 13, the 14 time-domain symbols are: time-domain symbol 0, time-domain symbol 1, ..., and time-domain symbol 13. At this time, it is assumed that the time-domain symbol l ′ is the first of the 14 time-domain symbols.
- the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol 0.
- the indexes of the 14 time-domain symbols are from 1 to 14.
- the 14 time-domain symbols are: time-domain symbol 1, time-domain symbol 2, . And time domain symbol 14.
- the time domain symbol l ′ is the first time domain symbol among the 14 time domain symbols
- the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol 1.
- the 14 time domain symbols are numbered from -1
- the indexes of the 14 time domain symbols are from -1 to 12
- the 14 time domain symbols are: time domain symbol -1, time domain symbol 0, and time domain. Symbols 1,... And time domain symbols 12.
- the time domain symbol l ′ is the first time domain symbol among the 14 time domain symbols
- the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol -1.
- the time domain symbol l ′ may also be any time domain symbol among multiple time slots or time domain symbols contained in multiple subframes, that is, the value range of the time domain symbol l ′ spans multiple time slots or Multiple subframes.
- the subcarrier interval is 15KHz
- the value of l ′ can be from 0 to 13, that is, l ′ can be from 0 to 13.
- the subcarrier interval is 30kHz
- there are 2 time slots in 1ms that is, 28 time domain symbols.
- the value of l ′ can range from 0 to 27, that is, l ′ can be 0 to 27. Any integer value between.
- the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ can be obtained by modulating a bit stream including one or more bits by using a certain modulation method to obtain one or more complex symbols, and the obtained one One or more complex number symbols are mapped one-to-one to one or more time-domain symbols, where the complex symbols mapped to the time-domain symbol l ′ are modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ .
- the above-mentioned bit stream can be obtained by various processing methods, for example, the original bit stream can be obtained by encoding, interleaving, and scrambling.
- the original bitstream can be obtained according to the service to be sent by the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the modulation method may be binary phase shift keying (BPSK) modulation, or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, or quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) modulation. Or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation.
- the modulation mode can be configured in advance.
- the modulation mode can also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
- the data mapped to time-domain symbols after BPSK modulation may be referred to as BPSK modulation data
- the data mapped to time-domain symbols after Pi / 2-BPSK modulation is referred to as Pi / 2-
- the data mapped to time domain symbols after QPSK modulation is called QPSK modulation data
- the data mapped to time domain symbols after Pi / 4-QPSK modulation is called Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data.
- the signaling may be semi-static signaling and / or dynamic signaling.
- the semi-static signaling can be radio resource control (RRC) signaling, broadcast messages, system messages, or medium access control (MAC) control elements (CE).
- the broadcast message may include a remaining minimum system message (RMSI).
- Dynamic signaling can be physical layer signaling. Physical layer signaling may be signaling carried by a physical control channel or signaling carried by a physical data channel.
- the physical data channel may be a downlink channel, such as a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)).
- PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
- the physical control channel can be a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), a narrowband physical downlink control channel (NPDCCH), or a machine class Communication physical downlink control channel (MTC) physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH).
- the signaling carried by the PDCCH or EPDCCH may also be referred to as downlink control information (downlink control information).
- the physical control channel may also be a physical secondary link control channel (physical sidelink control channel), and the signaling carried by the physical secondary link control channel may also be called sidelink control information (sidelink control information) (SCI).
- SCI sidelink control information
- the above-mentioned modulation method may refer to a characteristic of a modulation method that satisfies a configuration among modulation data transmitted by different time-domain symbols. For example, taking Pi / 2-BPSK modulation as an example, it is characterized by the same amplitude between two adjacent modulation data points and a phase difference of 90 degrees or 270 degrees. Therefore, if the modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol 0 is 1 , Then the modulation data transmitted on time domain symbol 1 can be j or -j, and the modulation data transmitted on time domain symbol 2 can be 1 or -1.
- the phase difference between the modulation data transmitted on two adjacent time-domain symbols is 90 degrees or 270 degrees, which satisfies Pi / 2-BPSK modulation.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the value of N can be determined according to the length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, for example, N is equal to the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′. length.
- the length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ can be configured in advance, for example, it can be configured as 2048.
- the length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ' may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
- data of length N can be obtained through repetition, or repetition, and phase rotation.
- repetition may refer to: obtaining data of length N after N times of repetition of the modulation data d l ′ Such as: Nth data in
- phase rotation to get data of length N Phase rotation can refer to: the data of length N Each data in d l ′ times the phase factor Get the length of N Alternatively, it can be described as a phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′ to obtain Nth data in Such as:
- n in ⁇ is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and ⁇ n is used to obtain Phase of the nth data in.
- k may be pre-configured; when the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by the terminal device, the network device may also configure k to the terminal device through signaling.
- k configured by the network device to different terminal devices may be different or the same.
- ⁇ n can also be determined according to n, k, and a phase offset, where the phase offset can be A or A k and A is a real number.
- A can be a fixed constant, such as: A can be 1 / 2 or 1.
- A may be pre-configured; when the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by a terminal device, A may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. A assigned by different terminal devices may be the same or different.
- each data d l ′ multiplied by the phase factor e j2 ⁇ ⁇ n ⁇ (k + A) / N is equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to the subcarrier k + A for transmission, and the remaining N-1
- the data on each subcarrier is 0.
- data transmitted by different terminal equipments on the same time domain symbol can be mapped to different subcarriers, that is, different terminal equipments are frequency-divided in frequency domain resources.
- a k A ⁇ k, when A is an integer, the data of length N Each data in d l ′ times the phase factor It is equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to a subcarrier with a subcarrier index k + A k for transmission, and the data on the remaining N-1 subcarriers is 0.
- a k configured by different terminal devices is the same and k is different, data transmitted by different terminal devices on the same time domain symbol can be mapped to different subcarriers, that is, different terminal devices are frequency-divided in the frequency domain resources.
- Ak is a multiple of k, the degree to which each terminal device is offset from the subcarrier k will increase as k increases. Therefore, the frequency of different terminal device mappings can be adjusted by using the corresponding value of Ak .
- the interval between the domain positions, that is, the frequency domain bandwidth of the guard band of the terminal device is adjusted.
- the repeated and phase rotation operations use discrete representations (ie, discrete expressions).
- continuous representations that is, continuous expressions
- continuous expressions can also be used to obtain the operations of repetitions, phase rotations, and other operations Output Data.
- the discrete index such as n
- T s is a time unit factor, which may be predefined or configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling.
- Output data such as repeated operations Data at time t It can be expressed as:
- Output data for phase rotation operation Data at time t It can be expressed as:
- Step 302 According to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is
- k1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1.
- C 0 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is an n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N value in the filter coefficient C 0 .
- the offset is an offset value, and the offset is pre-configured, and may also be configured by the network device for the terminal through signaling. Offset can be an integer greater than or equal to 0. Optionally, the offset is l ⁇ N or
- C 0 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is an n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N value in the filter coefficient C 0 . It is equivalent to multiplying the n-th data of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols with corresponding filter coefficients, and adding the multiplied result to obtain the n-th data transmitted on time-domain symbol l.
- the filter length is L 0 ⁇ N
- the filter coefficient is C 0 (n)
- n 0,1,2, ..., L 0 ⁇ N-1
- Z -N is mainly used to delay the input data by N. Since the length of each time domain symbol is N, The data after a Z -N is The data after 2 Z -N , 3 Z -N , ...., l- (L 0 -1) Z -N are will Multiply and multiply by the corresponding filter coefficients C 0 (n), C 0 (n + N), C 0 (n + 2N), ...
- the discrete representation adopted by the filtering operation in step 302 may be replaced with a continuous representation.
- s l, s l 0 data in the t-th time, 0 (t) can be expressed as:
- C 0 (t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T time in C 0 .
- the offset can be l ⁇ T or Can know that When discrete sampling s l, 0 (t), the result obtained is consistent with the discrete representation s l, 0 (n) described earlier.
- the filter coefficient C 0 may be obtained according to a main component (or a main filter) of Laurent decomposition.
- g (n) may be a linear response, a Gaussian response, or other responses, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- g (n) when g (n) is a rectangular pulse, g (n) can be expressed as:
- the filter coefficient C 0 may also be expressed in a continuous manner.
- the continuous expression of the filter coefficient C 0 is:
- g (t) can be expressed as:
- T N ⁇ T s
- T s is a time unit factor
- T s can be predefined or configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling.
- the value of T s is 1 / (15 ⁇ 1000 ⁇ 2048).
- the filter coefficient C 0 corresponding to the time domain symbol l ′ can be determined by g (n) and N.
- Step 303 Send data s l, 0 .
- the network device receives s l, 0 on the time domain symbol l.
- a cyclic prefix (CP) may not be added, and the length of each time domain symbol is N.
- N the length of each time domain symbol
- the n-th data of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols that is, L 0 time-domain symbols
- the n-th data point of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols is multiplied by the corresponding
- the filter coefficients are added and combined to obtain the n-th data transmitted on the time-domain symbol l, for example, the n-th data transmitted on the time-domain symbol l is related to the n-th data of L 0 -1 other time-domain symbols.
- the filtering method described in Figure 3 to ensure the correlation and continuity of data transmitted on different time-domain symbols Can reduce OOB of transmitted data.
- the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to obtain the nth data in s l, 0 .
- the PAPR of the transmitted data s l, 0 obtained by using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is lower.
- step 301 data of length N is obtained by repeating
- sending the data s l, 0 may include: performing phase rotation on the data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N. send
- phase rotation is performed on the data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N May include: multiplying each data s l, 0 (n) of length N data s l, 0 by a phase factor Get the length of N Among them, the phase factor As described in step 301, details are not described again.
- FIG. 3 The method shown in FIG. 3 is described below with reference to the block diagrams shown in FIG. 4a to FIG. 4c.
- FIG. 4a is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: obtaining the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ after N repetitions.
- the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is repeated, phase rotated, and filtered to obtain data S 1,0 of length N , and the transmitted data s 1,0 .
- the repetition, phase rotation, filtering, and phase factor can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 and will not be described again.
- the repetitive, phase rotation, and filtering operations in the foregoing FIG. 4a can also be expressed in a continuous manner. Specifically, referring to the implementation in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, details are not described herein again.
- the data to be transmitted can be mapped to resource elements (REs) in the time-frequency resource through repetition and phase rotation, and the OOB of the data to be transmitted can be reduced by filtering, and low OOB transmission of the data to be transmitted can be realized.
- REs resource elements
- the power of the modulation data d l ′ can also be adjusted by multiplying the constant N scale in repeated operations, such as:
- N scale is a real number
- N scale may be a predefined value, or may be configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling.
- N scale 1 is equivalent to no power adjustment for the modulation data d l ′ .
- the repetition and phase rotation in Figure 4a can be equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to the k-th subcarrier or other subcarriers with a certain offset from the subcarrier k, the data on the other N-1 subcarriers is 0, and then IFFT transform the data on the N subcarriers.
- the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ in FIG. 4 a is repeated, and the phase rotation may be equivalent to performing frequency-domain resources on the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′.
- Mapping, IFFT Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 4b.
- FIG. 4b is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: performing frequency domain resources on the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′. Map to get data of length N The modulation data d l ′ is mapped on the position of the subcarrier k, and the data on the N-1 subcarriers except the subcarrier k is 0, that is:
- k ′ is an index number corresponding to a subcarrier, and is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
- the modulation data d l ′ can also be mapped to other subcarriers (such as subcarriers) offset by a certain distance from the subcarrier k through frequency domain resource mapping in FIG. 4b. k + A or subcarrier k + A k ), where related descriptions of A and A k can be referred to in step 301 and will not be described again.
- the output data obtained by the IFFT transformation in the implementation of FIG. 4b can also be expressed in a continuous manner.
- the output data of an IFFT transform Data at time t It can be expressed as:
- the output data of the filtering operation can also be expressed in a continuous manner.
- s l, s l 0 data in the t-th time, 0 (t) can be expressed as
- the offset can be l ⁇ T or To Correct s l, 0 (t)
- the result obtained when performing discrete sampling and the result in discrete representation s l, 0 (n) is consistent.
- the N scale may be a predefined value, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
- N scale 1 is equivalent to no power adjustment for d l ′ ⁇ e j2 ⁇ ⁇ k ⁇ n / N.
- IFFT is only an implementation manner of inverse Fourier transform, and other possible implementations are not excluded.
- the IFFT may also be an inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT).
- the data to be transmitted can be obtained by time domain data mapping through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT, and the time domain data can be filtered to reduce OOB, and low OOB transmission of the data to be transmitted can be realized.
- FIG. 4c is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: passing the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ through N times. Repeat to get data of length N
- Phase factor Perform phase rotation on s l, 0 to get data of length N
- the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is repeated, filtered, and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. send data
- the data to be transmitted can be mapped to time-domain symbols through repeated operations, the data on the time-domain symbols can be filtered to reduce the OOB of the data, and the filtered data can be mapped to the corresponding frequency-domain resource locations for transmission by phase rotation. .
- the modulation data 4a to 4c may be applicable to various scenarios, for example, it may be applicable to a scenario where the modulation data is BPSK modulation data or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or QPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data.
- the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data
- the probability of adding in the same direction can be reduced when performing the filtering operation, so the PAPR performance of the transmitted data s l, 0 can be guaranteed to be better.
- the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, which can ensure that the transmitted data has good PAPR performance. Therefore, in order to make the transmitted data have good PAPR performance, optionally, when the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK modulation data, the BPSK modulation data may be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data. When the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK modulation data, the QPSK modulation data may be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data.
- FIG. 4d is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on a time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulate the data, rotate the modulated data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, and multiply the modulated data phase factor by d l ′ get
- phase factor used to rotate the modulation data d l ′ .
- modulation data d l ' is BPSK modulation data
- modulation data d l ' is QPSK modulation data
- Modulate data for Pi / 4-QPSK for example or or or or or or or It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the phase factor Does not rule out other possible implementations.
- FIG. 4d The process of repetition, phase rotation, and filtering shown in FIG. 4d is the same as that in FIG. 4a, and details are not described again.
- FIG. 4e is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulation data, the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain
- phase rotation of the modulation data shown in FIG. 4e can be referred to the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 4d, and details are not described herein again.
- the frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering shown in FIG. 4e are the same as those in FIG. 4b, and are not described again.
- FIG. 4f is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on a time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulation data, the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain
- phase rotation of the modulation data shown in FIG. 4f can be referred to the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 4d, and details are not described herein again.
- the repetition, filtering, and phase rotation shown in FIG. 4f are the same as those in FIG. 4c, and will not be described again.
- a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
- a communication device can transmit a data signal after being amplified by a power amplifier when transmitting data.
- PAs power amplifiers
- the PAPR of the data sent by the communication device is higher, The more severe the distortion of the data as it passes through the PA, the greater the impact on the OOB performance of the transmitted data. Therefore, in order to ensure the low OOB performance of the data after PA, the data sent in the embodiments of the present application may also have low PAPR performance.
- the solution shown in FIG. 3 may further include:
- M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
- s l, 0, and s l, m of length N resulting combined output data s l, sending s l.
- s l (n) is the n th s l data. That is, the 0th output data s l, 0 is combined with other multiple output data s l, m to obtain the output data s l .
- the data of the m-th path length is N
- the data of length N can be obtained by referring to the modulation data d l ′, 0 above. , Such as: repeating the modulation data d l ′, m , or repeating, and phase rotating to obtain the data of length m of path m
- the process of performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m is the same as the process of performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ in step 301, and may be: according to the phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′, m to obtain the
- the nth data is not described in detail.
- the m-th output data s l, m may also be expressed in a continuous manner.
- the data at time t in s l, m s l, m (t) is Among them, C m (t + offset ⁇ l ′ ⁇ T) is a value at the t + offset ⁇ l ′ ⁇ T times in the m -th filter coefficient C m .
- the first time data s l (t) may be Exemplary to When s l, m (t) and s l (t) are discretely sampled, the results obtained are consistent with the results of the discrete representations s l, m (n) and s l (n), respectively.
- m to obtain the combined output data s l of length N may include: performing phase rotation on s l, 0 , s l, m to obtain the rotated According to the rotated And rotated Get the merged output data s l of length N; or, perform phase rotation on the data s l to obtain data of length N send
- phase rotation refer to the process of performing phase rotation on s l, 0 in step 303, and details are not described herein again.
- m can refer to the above step 302 according to The process of obtaining the data s l, 0 is not repeated here.
- the value of M may be a predefined value; when the method shown in the embodiments of the present application is executed by a terminal device, the value of M may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling; or, The terminal device is set as required without restriction.
- M is 1, or 2, or 3.
- a process of obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ may be referred to as modulation data preprocessing.
- the m-th modulation data d l ′, m may be obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and the modulation data transmitted on one or more time domain symbols before the time domain symbol l ′.
- M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , which may include:
- M-1 modulation data is obtained.
- M-1 modulation data is obtained.
- modulation data d l ′ According to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-1, and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , M-1 modulation data are obtained.
- obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ may include:
- the first modulation data of the M-1 modulation data is obtained, where M-1 is greater than or equal to 1.
- the m-th filter coefficient C m is determined by some value in C 0 .
- the modulation method corresponding to the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation or BPSK modulation
- the nth value C 1 (n) of the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficient C 0 of n values C 0 (n)
- n + 2N values of C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0 and the values of n + N C 0 of the filter coefficient C 0 ( n + N) OK; and / or,
- the filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; and / or,
- N values of the third passage C 3 C 3 filter coefficient (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 n + N values of C 0 (n + N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined.
- the nth value C 1 (n) of the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the nth value of the filter coefficient C 0
- the n values C 0 (n) and the n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) of the filter coefficients C 0 are determined. or,
- the nth value C 1 (n) in the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficients. N + Nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determine; and / or,
- the n-th value C 2 (n) in the second filter coefficient C 2 is based on the filter coefficient.
- the time-domain data corresponding to the m-th channel after the multi-channel data combination can be used to lower the time-domain data corresponding to the 0-th channel.
- the higher peak point of the channel is raised to the lower peak point of the time domain data corresponding to channel 0, so that the fluctuation of the amplitude of each data point of the merged time domain data is stabilized.
- the data has low PAPR performance. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the larger the M value, the lower the PAPR of the data obtained after merging, that is, the more the number of ways of the merged data, the lower the PAPR of the data obtained after the merging.
- FIG. 5 it is a schematic diagram of the PAPR of the data obtained by merging multiple channels of data.
- the vertical axis represents the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF), and the horizontal axis represents PAPR.
- CCDF complementary cumulative distribution function
- the horizontal axis represents PAPR.
- Pi / 2-BPSK modulation using the generated data as transmission data
- Pi / 2-BPSK modulation combining the two channels of data to obtain the transmission data
- 3 Corresponding to using Pi / 4-QPSK modulation, Take the generated data as transmission data
- 4 Corresponding to the Pi / 4-QPSK modulation, combine the three data to obtain the transmission data.
- FIG. 6 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the process includes:
- the modulation data d l ′ is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , and the modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2 , and the modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3.
- Modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- sl (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
- k 2 and k 1 used in the above-mentioned data filtering may be different or the same, and are not limited.
- the range of values of k 2 to k 1 for each channel of data during filtering is related to the length of the filter coefficient of this channel. For example, when the data of channel 1 is filtered, k 2 -k 1 is equal to that of filter coefficient C 1 of channel 1 . Length L 1 -1.
- the filtered output data of No. 1 to No. 3 in FIG. 6 can be represented by continuous representation. For example, for the first data s l, 1 ; where the data at time t in s l, 1 is:
- C 1 (t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T time in C 1 .
- C 2 (t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T time in C 2 .
- C 3 (t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ ⁇ T time in C 3 .
- the 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain output data s l, s l first
- the data at t moments are:
- s l (t) s l, 0 (t) + s l, 1 (t) + s l, 2 (t) + s l, 3 (t);
- the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
- the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data
- the modulation data d l', 1 , d l ', 2 , d l', 3 are the modulation data d l ' transmitted on the time domain symbol l'
- the modulation data transmitted on several time-domain symbols preceding the time-domain symbol l ' includes, but is not limited to, the above two possible design manners, for example, the equivalents obtained according to the above two implementation manners Expressions are also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
- the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data
- the modulation data d l', 1 and d l ', 2 corresponding to the data of each channel are determined by d l' and d l'-1 .
- Table 1 shows the correspondence between ⁇ l ', 1 , ⁇ l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 .
- Table 1 shows the correspondence between ⁇ l ', 1 , ⁇ l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 , which can be determined by checking Table 1 with d l' / d l'-1 . corresponding to the value ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2, in accordance with the determined ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2 determine d l ', 1, d l ', 2.
- ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2 can be expressed by the following formula:
- (d l ' / d l'-1 ) * represents a conjugate operation on d l' / d l'-1 .
- the n-th value in the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
- the n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
- the n-th value of the third filter coefficient C 3 is:
- the length of the filter coefficient C 1 is (L 0 -2) ⁇ N
- the length of the filter coefficient C 2 (n) is (L 0 -3) ⁇ N
- the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (n) is The length is (L 0 -3) ⁇ N.
- the n-th value of the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
- the n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
- the n-th value of the third filter coefficient C 3 is:
- the length of the filter coefficient C 1 is (L 0 -1) ⁇ N
- the length of the filter coefficient C 2 is (L 0 -1) ⁇ N
- the length of the filter coefficient C 3 is (L 0 -2) ⁇ N, where C 0 , As described in step 302, details are not described again.
- the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the first channel data and the second channel data can be approximated as The same filter coefficient.
- Figure 6a a schematic diagram of the filter coefficient, wherein, A solid line corresponding to the filter coefficient of the road data 0, B corresponding to the solid line shows the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel data, corresponding to C The solid line is the filter coefficient C 2 of the second channel of data.
- the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel of data is close to the filter coefficient C 2 of the second channel of data, and can be approximated Corresponds to the same filter. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to reduce the computational complexity, the first channel and the second channel may be combined into one channel of modulation data, and operations such as repetition, phase rotation, and filtering are performed on the combined modulation data. Some 4-way data is reduced to 3-way data, which reduces the computational complexity.
- the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first channel and the modulation data d l ′, 2 of the second channel may be combined into modulation data d l ′, 1 of one channel according to the following formula:
- the corresponding filter coefficient after merging the first and second channels may be C 1 , where the n-th value in C 1 may be:
- the above-mentioned first to third filter coefficients may be expressed in a continuous manner.
- the value of the t-th moment in the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel is:
- the value of the time t in the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
- the length of the filter coefficient C 0 (t) is L 0 ⁇ T
- the length of the filter coefficient C 1 (t) is (L 0 -1) ⁇ T
- the filter coefficient The length of C 2 (t) is (L 0 -1) ⁇ T
- the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (t) is (L 0 -2) ⁇ T.
- the above-mentioned first to third filter coefficients can also be expressed in a continuous manner.
- the value of t times in the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel is:
- the value of the time t in the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
- the length of the filter coefficient C 0 (t) is L 0 ⁇ T
- the length of the filter coefficient C 1 (t) is (L 0 -2) T
- the filter coefficient C The length of 2 (t) is (L 0 -3) T
- the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (t) is (L 0 -3) T.
- the values of t times in C 1 may be:
- multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and sent after being subjected to repetition, phase rotation, and filtering.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 7 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the processing process may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to modulation data pre-processing to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1
- the modulation data d l ′, 1 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N
- Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2.
- the modulation data d l ′, 2 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to modulation data pre-processing to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3.
- the modulation data d l ′, 3 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- s l (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
- the specific implementation process of the frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering in FIG. 7 can be referred to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4b, and will not be described again.
- the process of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 7 may be described with reference to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. More details.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 7 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and sent after being processed in frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 8 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the process may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Filter to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 , and perform phase rotation on the 0th data sl, 0 to obtain the 0th data
- the modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 1 , and the modulated data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 , and perform phase rotation on the first data s l, 1 to obtain the first data Among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 2 , and the modulated data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 , and perform phase rotation on the second data s l, 2 to obtain the second data Among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , and modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 , and perform phase rotation on the third data s l, 3 to obtain the third data Among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- the 0th data 1st data 2nd data 3rd data are merged to obtain output data s l, s l i.e. n-th data:
- FIG. 8 is determined in a modulated data d l ', 1, d l ', 2, d l ', 3 and the filter coefficients C 1, C 2, C 3 may be the process of FIG. 6 corresponds to the embodiment with reference to embodiments, not More details.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 8 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and transmitted after being repeated, filtered, and rotated in phase.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining the multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of each point of the data stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 9 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 1 , and the modulated data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 2 , and the modulated data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , and modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- the 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain data s l, i.e. s l first n data:
- s l (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
- the specific implementation process of the repetition and filtering in FIG. 9 can be referred to the repetition and filtering process shown in the embodiment corresponding to FIG.
- the process of performing phase rotation on the added and merged data in FIG. 9 may refer to the process of performing phase rotation on the data s l, 0 in step 303, which is not described again.
- the process of determining the modulation data d l ′ ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 9 may be described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. More details.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 9 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- multiple channels of data may be repeated and filtered for addition and combination, and the added and combined data may be sent through phase rotation.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- the modulation data 6 to 9 may be applicable to various scenarios, for example, it may be applicable to a scenario where the modulation data is BPSK modulation data or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or QPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data.
- the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data
- the PAPR performance of each channel of data can be guaranteed to be good. The reason is as described above and will not be described again. Therefore, in order to make each channel of data have good PAPR performance, optionally, when the modulation data is BPSK modulation data, the BPSK modulation data can be phase-rotated to obtain Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data.
- the QPSK modulation data can be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data. Then, perform other corresponding operations on the Pi / 2-BPSK modulated data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulated data after the phase of the modulated data is rotated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13.
- FIG. 10 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated modulation data d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeated and phase rotated to obtain Data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 , and the modulation data d l ′, 1 is rotated by the phase of the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 .
- Data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N after phase rotation Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2.
- the modulation data d l ′, 2 is rotated by the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 .
- Data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N after phase rotation Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 , and the modulation data d l ′, 3 is rotated by the phase of the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 .
- Data d l ′, 3 are repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- s l (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n).
- the implementation process of the modulated data obtained by rotating the modulated data through phase rotation of the modulated data can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4d, and will not be described again.
- the specific implementation process of the repetition, phase rotation, and filtering in FIG. 10 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4a, and will not be described again.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 10 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- each channel of modulation data may be determined according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data transmitted on other time-domain symbols.
- the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK modulation data
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
- j is an imaginary unit.
- the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 may be the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and several time domains before the time domain symbol l ′.
- the modulation data of the symbol is determined.
- the manner of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 includes, but is not limited to, the possible design manners described above, such as the expressions obtained equivalently according to the above two implementation manners It is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
- the modulation data d l ' is QPSK modulation data
- the modulation data d l', 1 and d l ', 2 corresponding to the data of each channel may be determined by d l' and d l'-1 .
- the following describes the modulation data corresponding to the first channel data and the modulation data corresponding to the second channel data as an example for description.
- ⁇ l ', 1 , ⁇ l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 there is a corresponding relationship between ⁇ l ', 1 , ⁇ l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 , and the corresponding relationship may be pre-configured or may be transmitted by a network device through a signal.
- the command is configured for the terminal device.
- ⁇ l ', 1, ⁇ l ', 2 and d l '/ d correspondence table between l'-1, d l may be determined from Table 1' / d l'-1 of The values corresponding to ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2 are determined according to the determined ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2, and d l ′, 1 and d l ′, 2 are determined .
- ⁇ l ', 1 and ⁇ l', 2 can be expressed by the following formula:
- (d l ' / d l'-1 ⁇ e j ⁇ / 4 ) * represents a conjugate operation of d l' / d l'-1 ⁇ e j ⁇ / 4 .
- the process for determining the filter coefficients in FIG. 10 can be referred to the corresponding description in FIG. 6.
- the n-th value of the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
- the n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
- the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the first channel data and the second channel data can be approximated to the same filter coefficient C 1 , Among them, the nth value in C 1 can be:
- the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the data of the first channel and the data of the second channel can be approximated by the same filter coefficient C 1 , in the embodiment of the present application, in order to reduce the computational complexity, the The second channel is combined into one channel of modulation data, and operations such as repetition, phase rotation, and filtering are performed on the combined modulation data. In this way, the original four channels of data are reduced to three channels of data, which reduces the computational complexity.
- the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first channel and the modulation data d l ′, 2 of the second channel may be combined into modulation data d l ′, 1 of one channel according to the following formula:
- the rotated modulation data is repeated, phase rotated, filtered, added, combined, and transmitted.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domain
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 11 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, it may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is obtained through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT.
- Data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 gets data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2.
- the modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 get data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 obtains data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- s l (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n).
- the specific implementation process of the frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering in FIG. 11 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4b, and will not be described again.
- the process of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 11 may be described with reference to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10. More details.
- the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 11 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be repeated.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 11 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- frequency-domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering processing are performed on the rotated modulation data, and then they are added, combined, and transmitted.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 12 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeatedly obtained to obtain data of length N.
- Correct Filter to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 , and perform phase rotation on the 0th data sl, 0 to obtain the 0th data
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 , and perform phase rotation on the first data s l, 1 to obtain the first data Among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2.
- the modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 , and perform phase rotation on the second data s l, 2 to obtain the second data Among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 , and perform phase rotation on the third data s l, 3 to obtain the third data Among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- the 0th data 1st data 2nd data 3rd data are merged to obtain output data s l, s l i.e. n-th data:
- FIG. 12 is pre-determined modulation data modulated data d l ', 1, d l ', 2, d l ', 3 and the filter coefficients C 1, C process 2, C 3 may refer to FIG. 6 corresponding to Example I will not repeat them.
- the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 12 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be repeated.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 12 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- the rotated modulation data is repeated, filtered, added after phase rotation, combined, and transmitted.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- FIG. 13 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the method may include:
- the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeatedly obtained to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2.
- the modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
- the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
- the 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain data s l, i.e. s l first n data:
- s l (n) s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
- the specific implementation process of the repetition and filtering in FIG. 13 can be referred to the repetition and filtering process in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again.
- 13 to process the added data may be combined phase rotation data s l with reference to the process phase rotation step 303, it will not be repeated.
- the process of the modulation data pre-processing in FIG. 13 to determine the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , C 3 may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. I will not repeat them.
- the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 13 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be described again.
- the filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 12 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
- the rotated modulation data is repeated, filtered, and added and combined, and the added and combined data is sent through phase rotation.
- no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N.
- n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains
- the nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data.
- combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
- the output data obtained by the operations such as repetition, phase rotation, IFFT, and filtering involved in the embodiments of the present application is time-domain data, and each operation can be obtained by using a discrete representation (that is, a discrete expression) as described above
- a discrete representation that is, a discrete expression
- the discrete index (such as n) in the discrete expression can be replaced by the continuous index t
- the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function.
- the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is performed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but this implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
- the embodiments of the present application may divide the functional modules of the communication device executing the method according to the foregoing method example.
- each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
- the above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
- FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a possible composition of a communication device.
- the communication device may be a terminal device or a functional module in the terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device; it may also be a network device or a function in a network device. A chip or system-on-chip in a module or network device.
- the communication device may include: a first data processing unit 140, a second data processing unit 141, and a sending unit 142;
- the first data processing unit 140 is configured to obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′.
- l ′ is an integer
- data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Or, perform frequency-domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N
- the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N.
- the first data processing unit 140 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 301.
- a second data processing unit 141 configured to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N) is the n + offset-l ′ ⁇ N number of filter coefficients C 0 value.
- the second data processing unit 141 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 302.
- the sending unit 142 is configured to send data s l, 0 .
- the sending unit 142 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 303.
- the communication device configured to execute the foregoing data collection method, and therefore, the same effect as the foregoing data collection method can be achieved.
- the foregoing communication device may be a communication device including a processing module and a communication module, wherein the communication device exists in the form of a chip product, and the processing module may integrate the first data processing unit 140 and the second data
- the function of the processing unit 141 and the communication module may integrate the function of the sending unit 142.
- the processing module is used to support the apparatus to perform steps 301, 302, and other processes of the techniques described herein.
- the communication module is used to support communication between the device and other network entities, such as communication with the functional module or network entity shown in FIG. 1.
- the device may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the device.
- the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
- a processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
- the communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface.
- the memory module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the device involved in this embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
- the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
- the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division.
- multiple units or components may be divided.
- the combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
- the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional unit.
- the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present invention are wholly or partially generated.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or another programmable device.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless) (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, an SSD), or the like.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Digital Transmission Methods That Use Modulated Carrier Waves (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are a data transmission method and apparatus for implementing low OOB and low PAPR data transmission. The method comprises: for modulation data dl' transmitted on a time domain symbol l', on the basis of the modulation data dl', obtaining data (I) of length N, l' being an integer; on the basis of (I), obtaining data sl,0 transmitted on a time domain symbol l, the length of sl,0 being N, the n-th data sl,0(n) in sl,0 being (II), wherein k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, (I)(n) is the n-th data in (I), n is an integer of a value range of 0 to N-1, and C0(n+offset-l'×N) is the n+offset-l'×N-th value in the filter coefficient C0; sending the data sl,0; obtaining data (I) of length N on the basis of the modulation data dl' comprises: performing repetition and phase rotation of the modulation data dl' to obtain the data (I) of length N, or performing frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data dl' to obtain the data (I) of length N, or performing repetition of the modulation data dl' to obtain the data (I) of length N.
Description
本申请要求于2018年09月29日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201811152698.3、申请名称为“一种数据传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on September 29, 2018, with an application number of 201811152698.3 and an application name of "a data transmission method and device", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in.
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种数据传输方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a data transmission method and device.
目前,通信***中,例如***长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)通信***中,支持物联网(internet of things,IoT)场景。IoT场景中,可以包括网络设备和终端设备两种IoT设备。IoT场景中,要求终端设备和网络设备能够提供广覆盖、且要求IoT设备价格低以及电池寿命长等特性。IoT场景中,IoT设备间传输的数据包的大小较小。如果IoT设备之间采用同步传输,以上行同步传输为例,网络设备可以通过控制信令向各终端设备发送其相应的定时提前(timing advance,TA)信息,各终端设备根据其定时提前信息调整发送上行数据时的发送时间,可以使得不同终端设备发送的上行数据到达网络设备的时间基本上是对齐的。由于终端设备的定时提前信息不是一直维持不变的,终端设备与网络设备需要不断的进行控制信令的交互来维持两者之间的同步,因此,IoT设备间传输较小的数据包时的信令开销是不可忽视的,此外,维持同步也会不断耗电减少IoT设备电池使用寿命。Currently, communication systems, such as the fourth-generation Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system, support the Internet of Things (IoT) scenario. In the IoT scenario, there can be two types of IoT devices: network devices and terminal devices. In the IoT scenario, terminal devices and network devices are required to provide wide coverage, and low prices and long battery life are required for IoT devices. In the IoT scenario, the size of the data packets transmitted between IoT devices is small. If synchronous transmission is used between IoT devices, the upper line is an example of synchronous transmission. Network devices can send their corresponding timing advance (TA) information to each terminal device through control signaling. Each terminal device adjusts according to its timing advance information. The sending time when sending the uplink data can make the time when the uplink data sent by different terminal devices reach the network device is substantially aligned. Because the timing advance information of the terminal device is not always maintained, the terminal device and the network device need to continuously perform control signaling interactions to maintain synchronization between the two. Therefore, when transmitting smaller data packets between IoT devices, The signaling overhead cannot be ignored. In addition, maintaining synchronization will also continuously consume power to reduce the battery life of IoT devices.
鉴于此,IoT设备可以采用异步传输的方式来传输数据。采用异步传输时,以上行异步传输为例,不同终端设备发送的数据到达网络设备的时间可以不同(即不对齐),因此网络设备不需要通过控制信令向各个终端设备发送TA信息。由于终端设备与网络设备间不需要进行控制信令的交互来维持同步,所以,当IoT设备间传输较小的数据包时通过异步传输可以减少信令开销,可以提高IoT设备的***容量,同时,异步传输可以更加省电,提高电池使用寿命。In view of this, IoT devices can use asynchronous transmission to transmit data. When asynchronous transmission is used, the above asynchronous transmission is used as an example. The data sent by different terminal devices can reach the network devices at different times (that is, they are not aligned). Therefore, network devices do not need to send TA information to each terminal device through control signaling. Because terminal devices and network devices do not need to perform control signaling interaction to maintain synchronization, when transmitting smaller data packets between IoT devices, asynchronous transmission can reduce signaling overhead and increase the system capacity of IoT devices. Asynchronous transmission can save more power and improve battery life.
但是,异步传输时,例如对于上行异步传输,不同终端设备发送的数据到达网络设备的时间可能不同。此时,终端设备使用频域资源向网络设备进行数据传输时,如果不同终端设备的频域资源是频分的,且分配给不同终端设备的频域资源对应的频点比较接近,很容易出现下述情况:第一终端设备发送的数据的能量可能泄露到第一终端设备的频域资源以外的带宽中,例如泄露到与第一终端设备相邻的第二终端设备的频域资源中,该泄露的能量可能会干扰与第一终端设备相邻的第二终端设备的数据传输,使该相邻的第二终端设备进行数据传输时的错误率提高,从而降低了数据传输的速率。终端设备发送的数据的能量泄露到该终端设备的频域资源以外的部分可以被称为带外(out-of-band,OOB)数据或带外泄露(out-of-band emission,OOB emission)。带宽数据或者带外泄露还可以简称为OOB。因此,为了支持IoT场景下的异步传输,需要设计符合异步传输的低OOB的波形,以实现低OOB的数据传输。进一步的,如果该低OOB的波形的峰均功率比(peak to average power ratio,PAPR)比较高,那么该低OOB波形经过非线性功率放大器(power amplifier,PA)后OOB会提升,不能很好的保持波形的低OOB特性。因此,为支持异步传输,需 要设计符合异步传输的低OOB且低PAPR的波形,以实现低OOB且低PAPR的数据传输。However, during asynchronous transmission, for example, for uplink asynchronous transmission, the time when data sent by different terminal devices reaches the network device may be different. At this time, when the terminal device uses frequency domain resources to transmit data to the network device, if the frequency domain resources of different terminal devices are frequency-divided, and the frequency points corresponding to the frequency domain resources allocated to different terminal devices are relatively close, it is easy to appear In the following case: the energy of the data sent by the first terminal device may leak to a bandwidth other than the frequency domain resources of the first terminal device, for example, the frequency domain resources of a second terminal device adjacent to the first terminal device, The leaked energy may interfere with the data transmission of the second terminal device adjacent to the first terminal device, increase the error rate when the adjacent second terminal device performs data transmission, and reduce the data transmission rate. The energy leakage of the data sent by the terminal equipment to the frequency domain resources of the terminal equipment can be called out-of-band (OOB) data or out-of-band leakage (OOB emission) . Bandwidth data or out-of-band leakage can also be referred to as OOB for short. Therefore, in order to support asynchronous transmission in the IoT scenario, it is necessary to design a low OOB waveform that conforms to asynchronous transmission to achieve low OOB data transmission. Further, if the peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) of the low OOB waveform is relatively high, the low OOB waveform will be improved after passing through a non-linear power amplifier (PA), which is not very good. Low OOB characteristic of keeping the waveform. Therefore, in order to support asynchronous transmission, it is necessary to design a waveform with low OOB and low PAPR that conforms to asynchronous transmission, so as to realize data transmission with low OOB and low PAPR.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法及装置,以实现低OOB且低PAPR的数据传输。The embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and device to implement data transmission with low OOB and low PAPR.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法,对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
其中,l′为整数;根据
得到时域符号l上传输的数据s
l,0,并发送数据s
l,0,其中,s
l,0的长度为N,s
l,0中第n个数据s
l,0(n)为
其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数,
为
中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射和快速傅里叶反变换IFFT,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到长度为N的数据
基于该数据传输方法,经过滤波,可以使每个时域符号上发送的第n个时域数据与多个其他时域符号的第n个时域数据相关,从而保证了不同时域符号上传输的数据的相关性与连续性,降低了OOB。同时,相比现有将时域符号对应的时域数据与滤波器进行线性卷积(linear convolution)以降OOB的方式,采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式得到s
l,0中第n个数据时,可以减少乘法运算,因此采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式得到的发送数据s
l,0的PAPR更低。
In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method. For modulation data d l ′ transmitted on a time domain symbol l ′, data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ . Where l ′ is an integer; according to Time-domain symbol l transmission on the data s l, 0, and transmits data s l, 0, wherein, s l, a length of 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data s l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 Value; data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, perform frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N. Based on this data transmission method, after filtering, the n-th time-domain data sent on each time-domain symbol can be correlated with the n-th time-domain data of multiple other time-domain symbols, thereby ensuring transmission on different time-domain symbols. The correlation and continuity of the data reduces OOB. At the same time, compared with the existing linear convolution of the time-domain data corresponding to the time-domain symbol and the filter to reduce the OOB, the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to obtain the n-th data in s l, 0 . In this case, the multiplication operation can be reduced, so the PAPR of the transmission data s l, 0 obtained by using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is lower.
在一种可能的设计中,对调制数据d
l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
包括:根据相位因子
对d
l′进行相位旋转,得到
中第n个数据,其中,α
n中的n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数。通过这种方法,可以将调制数据d
l′映射到时域符号内,同时通过相位旋转调整数据所在的频域资源位置,如:根据需要调整不同数据间的频域距离,从而降低数据间的频域干扰。
In a possible design, repetition and phase rotation are performed on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Includes: Based on phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′ to obtain In the nth data, n in α n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1. In this way, the modulation data d l ′ can be mapped into time-domain symbols, and the frequency-domain resource position where the data is located can be adjusted through phase rotation, such as: adjusting the frequency-domain distance between different data as needed, thereby reducing the Frequency domain interference.
在一种可能的设计中,当对调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到长度为N的数据
时,发送数据s
l,0包括:对数据s
l,0进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送
通过该方法,可以通过相位旋转调整滤波后的数据所在的频域资源位置,如:根据需要调整不同数据间的频域距离,从而降低数据间的频域干扰。
In a possible design, when the modulation data d l ′ is repeated, data of length N is obtained. Sending data s l, 0 includes: performing phase rotation on data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N send With this method, the frequency domain resource position where the filtered data is located can be adjusted by phase rotation, such as: adjusting the frequency domain distance between different data as required, thereby reducing the frequency domain interference between the data.
在一种可能的设计中,所述方法还包括:根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,其中,M-1为大于或等于1的整数;对于M-1个调制数据中的第m个调制数据d
l′,m,根据调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
其中,m是取值范围为1至M-1的整数;根据
得到第m路输出数据s
l,m,s
l,m的长度为N,s
l,m中第n个数据s
l,m(n)为:
为
中第n个数据,C
m(n+offset-l′×N)是第m路滤波器系数C
m中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;根据调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′,m进行频域资源映射和IFFT,得到第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到第m路长度为N的数据
所述发送数据s
l,0包括:根据s
l,0和s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l,发送s
l,s
l 中第n个数据
通过这种方法,可以将第m路发送数据s
l,m与发送数据s
l,0合并后发送出去,这种多路合并方式可以降低发送数据中幅度比较大的数据的幅度,提高发送数据中幅度比较小的数据的幅度,从而可以使得最终合并得到的发送数据的整体幅度变化缓慢,幅度波动较小,可以降低发送数据的PAPR。
In a possible design, the method further includes: obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; for M-1 modulation data, The m-th modulation data d l ′, m . According to the modulation data d l ′, m , the data of the m-th path length N is obtained. Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; according to To obtain output data length of m s l, m, s l, m of N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) as: for In the nth data, C m (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the nth + offset-l ′ × N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; obtained according to the modulation data d l ′, m Data with length m of path N Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N Or, perform frequency-domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of length m of the m-th path. Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain data of the m-th path length N. The transmission data s l, 0 comprising: the s l, 0, and s l, m of length N resulting combined output data s l, sending s l, s l n-th data In this way, the m-th transmission data s l, m and the transmission data s l, 0 can be combined and sent out. This multiplexing method can reduce the amplitude of the larger data in the transmission data and increase the transmission data. The amplitude of the data with a relatively small amplitude can make the overall amplitude of the transmitted data that is finally combined change slowly, and the amplitude fluctuation is small, and the PAPR of the transmitted data can be reduced.
在一种可能的设计中,对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到第m路长度为N的数据
包括:根据相位因子
对d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到
中第n个数据。通过该方法,可以通过相位因子调整发送数据所在的频域资源位置,如:根据需要调整不同数据间的频域距离,从而降低数据间的频域干扰。
In a possible design, repetition and phase rotation are performed on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N Includes: Based on phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′, m to get The nth data. With this method, the frequency domain resource location where the data is sent can be adjusted by the phase factor, such as: adjusting the frequency domain distance between different data as needed, thereby reducing frequency domain interference between the data.
在一种可能的设计中,当对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到第m路长度为N的数据
时,根据s
l,0和s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l包括:对s
l,0、s
l,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的
根据旋转后的
和旋转后的
得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l。通过该方法,可以通过相位旋转调整发送数据所在的频域资源位置,可以根据需要调整不同数据间在频域的距离,从而降低数据间在频域的干扰。
In a possible design, when the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained. , According to s l, 0 and s l, m to obtain the combined output data s l of length N includes: performing phase rotation on s l, 0 and s l, m to obtain the rotated According to the rotated And rotated The combined output data s l of length N is obtained. With this method, the frequency domain resource location where the data is sent can be adjusted by phase rotation, and the distance between different data in the frequency domain can be adjusted as needed to reduce the interference between the data in the frequency domain.
在一种可能的设计中,当对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到第m路长度为N的数据
时,发送s
l包括:对数据s
l进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送
如此,可以通过相位旋转将数据s
l映射到相应的频域资源位置,如:根据需要调整不同数据间的频域距离,从而降低数据间的频域干扰。
In a possible design, when the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained. When sending s l includes: performing phase rotation on data s l to obtain data of length N send Thus, the data s l may be mapped to corresponding frequency domain resource position by the phase rotation, such as: to adjust the distance between the frequency domain data according to different needs, thus reducing the interference between the frequency-domain data.
在一种可能的设计中,根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,包括:根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2,得到M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据d
l′,1,其中,M-1大于或等于1;和/或,根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到M-1个调制数据中的第2个调制数据d
l′,2,其中,M-1大于或等于2;和/或,根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到M-1个调制数据中的第3个调制数据d
l′,3,其中,M-1大于或等于3;其中,调制数据d
l′的调制方式是二进制相移键控BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK。通过该方法,在调制方式为BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK的情况下,根据时域符号l′之前的多个时域符号上传输的调制数据得到M-1个调制数据,可以保证每路调制数据间是相关,后续将多路数据合并时,可以很好地降低多路数据中幅度比较大的数据的幅度,提高多路数据中幅度比较小的数据的幅度,可以使合并后的发送数据的整体幅度变化缓慢,幅度波动较小,可以降低PAPR。
In a possible design, M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , including: according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1. The modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-2 to obtain the first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the M-1 modulation data, where M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / Or, according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , M-1 is obtained. Modulation data of the second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 , where M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1 l′-1 and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 to obtain the third modulation data d l ′, 3 of the M-1 modulation data, where M-1 is greater than Or 3; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK. With this method, when the modulation mode is BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK, M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data transmitted on multiple time-domain symbols before the time-domain symbol l ′, which can guarantee each modulation The data is related. When the multi-channel data is subsequently merged, the amplitude of the larger data in the multi-channel data can be reduced, the amplitude of the smaller data in the multi-channel data can be increased, and the combined transmitted data can be made. The overall amplitude changes slowly and amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
在一种可能的设计中,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;和/或,第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;和/或,第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值C
3(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)、以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;其中,调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/2-BPSK或者BPSK。通过该方法,可以在调制方式为BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK的情况下,根据第0路滤波器系数C
0确定其他M-1路时域符号对应的滤波器系数C
m,使每路滤波器系数间是相关,后续,对多路滤波后的数据进行合并时,可以降低多路数据中幅度比较大的数据的 幅度,提高多路数据中幅度比较小的数据的幅度,使合并后的数据的整体幅度变化缓慢,幅度波动较小,可以降低PAPR。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 The n + 2N value C 0 (n + 2N) in the filter coefficient and the n + N value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the second filter coefficient C 2 of 2 n values C (n) the filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), n + 2N values of C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0 And the n + 3N value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; and / or, the n-th value C 3 (n) in the third filter coefficient C 3 is based on the filter C 0 coefficient in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 n + N values of C 0 (n + N), and a filter coefficient C 0 of the values of n + 3N C 0 (n + 3N) is determined; wherein, the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK or BPSK. With this method, when the modulation mode is BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK, the filter coefficient C m corresponding to the time domain symbols of other M-1 channels can be determined according to the filter coefficient C 0 of the 0th channel, so that each channel is filtered. There is a correlation between the filter coefficients. Subsequently, when the multiplexed data is merged, the amplitude of the larger data in the multiplexed data can be reduced, and the amplitude of the smaller data in the multiplexed data can be increased. The overall amplitude of the data changes slowly, and the amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
在一种可能的设计中,根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,包括:根据调制数据d
l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1得到M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据;其中,M-1大于或等于1;调制数据d
l′的调制方式是正交相移键控QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK。通过该方法,可以在调制方式为QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK的情况下,根据时域符号l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据得到M-1个调制数据,可以保证了每路调制数据是相关的,后续将多路数据合并时,可以降低多路数据中幅度比较大的数据的幅度,提高多路数据中幅度比较小的数据的幅度,使合并后的发送数据的整体幅度变化缓慢,幅度波动较小,可以降低PAPR。
In a possible design, M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , which includes: M is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1. The first modulation data of the -1 modulation data; wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK. With this method, when the modulation mode is QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK, M-1 modulation data can be obtained from the modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and the time domain symbol l′-1, which can ensure that Each channel of modulation data is related. When multiple channels of data are subsequently combined, the amplitude of the larger data in the multiple channels of data can be reduced, the amplitude of the smaller data in the multiple channels of data can be increased, and The overall amplitude changes slowly and the amplitude fluctuation is small, which can reduce PAPR.
在一种可能的设计中,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;其中,调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK。通过该方法,可以在调制方式为QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK的情况下,根据第0路滤波器系数C
0确定其他M-1路时域符号对应的滤波器系数C
m,使每路滤波器系数间是相关,后续对多路滤波后的数据进行合并时,可以降低多路数据中幅度比较大的数据的幅度,提高多路数据中幅度比较小的数据的幅度,使合并后的发送数据的整体幅度变化缓慢,幅度波动较小,可以降低PAPR。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK. With this method, when the modulation mode is QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK, the filter coefficients C m corresponding to the time domain symbols of the other M-1 channels can be determined according to the filter coefficient C 0 of the 0 channel, so that each channel is filtered. The coefficients of the filters are related. When the multi-channel filtered data is subsequently merged, the amplitude of the larger data in the multi-channel data can be reduced, and the amplitude of the smaller data in the multi-channel data can be increased, so that the merged data is sent The overall amplitude of the data changes slowly, and the amplitude fluctuations are small, which can reduce PAPR.
在一种可能的设计中,滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n个值
确定;和/或,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n+N个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n个值
确定;和/或,第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n+N个值
确定;其中,滤波器系数
由滤波器系数g(n)和N确定,p为大于或等于0的整数;调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK。
In a possible design, the nth value C 0 (n) in the filter coefficient C 0 is based on the filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determined; and / or, the n-th value C 1 (n) in the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficient N + Nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determined; and / or, the n-th value C 2 (n) in the second filter coefficient C 2 is based on the filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients N + Nth value in OK; where filter coefficients Determined by the filter coefficients g (n) and N, p is an integer greater than or equal to 0; the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
在一种可能的设计中,根据调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的d
l′,m,根据旋转后的d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
其中,调制数据d
l′的调制方式是BPSK或者QPSK。通过该方法,可以在调制方式是BPSK或者QPSK的情况下,对调制数据d
l′进行相位旋转,使相邻符号上传输的调制数据间具有相位差,便于进行滤波操作时减小同向相加的概率,从而可以降低发送数据的PAPR。
In a possible design, according to the modulation data d l ′, m , the data of the m-th path length N is obtained. Including: performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the rotated d l ′, m , and obtaining the data of the mth path length N according to the rotated d l ′, m The modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK. With this method, when the modulation mode is BPSK or QPSK, phase rotation can be performed on the modulation data d l ′ , so that there is a phase difference between the modulation data transmitted on adjacent symbols, which is convenient for reducing the in-phase phase when performing a filtering operation. Increased probability, which can reduce the PAPR of the transmitted data.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以实现上述第一方面的功能,或者可以实现第一方面中各可能的设计中的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:第一数据处理单元,第二数据处理单元,发送单元;In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that can implement the functions of the first aspect described above, or can implement the functions of each possible design in the first aspect. The functions can be implemented by hardware. The corresponding software can be implemented by hardware execution. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the foregoing functions. For example, the communication device may include: a first data processing unit, a second data processing unit, and a sending unit;
第一数据处理单元,用于对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
其中,l′为整数;根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射和快速傅里叶反变换IFFT,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到长度为N的数据
A first data processing unit, configured to obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ Where l ′ is an integer; data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, perform frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N.
第二数据处理单元,用于根据
得到时域符号l上传输的数据s
l,0,其中,s
l,0的长度为N,s
l,0中第n个数据s
l,0(n)为
其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数,
为
中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
A second data processing unit for Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 value;
发送单元,用于发送数据s
l,0。
A sending unit for sending data s l, 0 .
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:根据相位因子
对所述d
l′进行相位旋转,得到所述
中第n个数据,其中,所述α
n中的n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数。
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is configured to: Performing phase rotation on the d l ′ to obtain the The n-th data, wherein n in the α n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述第一数据处理单元用于对所述调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到所述长度为N的数据
时,所述发送单元用于:对所述数据s
l,0进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送所述
In a possible design, when the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulated data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N When the sending unit is configured to: perform phase rotation on the data s 1, 0 to obtain data of length N Send the
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元还用于根据所述调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,其中,M-1为大于或等于1的整数;以及,对于所述M-1个调制数据中的第m个调制数据d
l′,m,根据所述调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
其中,m是取值范围为1至M-1的整数;所述第二数据处理单元还用于根据所述
得到第m路输出数据s
l,m,其中,s
l,m的长度为N,s
l,m中第n个数据s
l,m(n)为
为
中第n个数据,C
m(n+offset-l′×N)是第m路滤波器系数C
m中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;所述发送单元具体用于:根据所述s
l,0和所述s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l,发送所述s
l,所述s
l中第n个数据
其中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行频域资源映射和IFFT,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is further configured to obtain M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and, for The m-th modulation data d l ′, m of the M-1 modulation data, according to the modulation data d l ′, m, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; the second data processing unit is further configured to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for The n-th data in the image, C m (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; the sending unit is specifically configured to: The s l, 0 and the s l, m obtain a combined output data s l of length N, and send the s l , the n-th data in the s l The first data processing unit is configured to perform repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N. Alternatively, frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT are performed on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain the data of the m-th path length N.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:根据所述相位因子
对所述d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到所述
中第n个数据。
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is configured to: according to the phase factor Performing phase rotation on the d l ′, m to obtain the The nth data.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述第一数据处理单元用于对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
时,所述发送单元用于:对所述s
l,0、所述s
l,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的
根据旋转后的所述
和所述旋转后的
得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l。
In a possible design, when the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N When the sending unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the s l, 0 and the s l, m to obtain a rotated As described after the rotation And said rotated The combined output data s l of length N is obtained.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述第一数据处理单元用于对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
时,所述发送单元用于:对所述数据s
l进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送所述
In a possible design, when the first data processing unit is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N When the sending unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the data sl to obtain data of length N Send the
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号 l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据d
l′,1,其中,所述M-1大于或等于1;和/或,根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第2个调制数据d
l′,2,其中,所述M-1大于或等于2;和/或,根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第3个调制数据d
l′,3,其中,所述M-1大于或等于3;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是二进制相移键控BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK。
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is configured to: according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1 , and the time domain symbol l Modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on ′ -2 to obtain the first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the M-1 modulation data, where M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / Or, according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , The second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 of the M-1 modulation data, wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, according to the modulation data d l ′ and the time domain symbol l ′ d l'-1, and the time domain symbol l'-3 transmit modulated data transmitted on the data modulation -1 d l'-3, to obtain the third modulation data modulated M-1 data d l ′, 3 , where M-1 is greater than or equal to 3; wherein, the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;和/或,所述第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;和/或,所述第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值C
3(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/2-BPSK或者BPSK。示例性地,这些滤波器系数可以是由第二数据处理单元确定的。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the said first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0, C 0 and the filter coefficients in the n + N values of C 0 (n + N) is determined; and / or said second n-channel filter coefficient value C 2 (n) in accordance with said filter coefficients C 2 C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in The n + 2Nth value C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) of the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the third-path filtering n values of the coefficients C 3 C 3 (n) based on the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the first n + N values C 0 (n + N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2- BPSK or BPSK. Exemplarily, these filter coefficients may be determined by a second data processing unit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:根据所述调制数据d
l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据;其中,所述M-1大于或等于1;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK。
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is configured to obtain the M-1 according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1. Modulation data is the first modulation data; wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK。示例性地,这些滤波器系数可以是由第二数据处理单元确定的。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK. Exemplarily, these filter coefficients may be determined by a second data processing unit.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第一数据处理单元用于:对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的d
l′,m,根据所述旋转后的d
l′,m得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是BPSK或者QPSK。
In a possible design, the first data processing unit is configured to perform phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain a rotated d l ′, m , and according to the rotated d l ′, M to obtain the data of the m-th path length N The modulation mode of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以实现上述第一方面的功能,或者可以实现第一方面中各可能的设计中的功能。该通信装置可以包括处理器和通信接口,还可以包括存储器;处理器,用于对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
其中,l′为整数;根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射和快速傅里叶反变换IFFT,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到长度为N的数据
处理器,还用于根据
得到时域符号l上传输的数据s
l,0,其中,s
l,0的长度为N,s
l,0中第n个数据s
l,0(n)为
其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数,
为
中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;通信接口,用于发送处 理器得到的数据s
l,0。
According to a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may implement the functions of the first aspect described above, or may implement the functions in each possible design in the first aspect. The communication device may include a processor and a communication interface, and may also include a memory. The processor is configured to obtain data of length N for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ according to the modulation data d l ′ . Where l ′ is an integer; data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, perform frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N. Processor, also used for Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 Value; communication interface for sending data s l, 0 obtained by the processor.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器用于:根据相位因子
对所述d
l′进行相位旋转,得到所述
中第n个数据,其中,所述α
n中的n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数。
In a possible design, the processor is configured to: Performing phase rotation on the d l ′ to obtain the The n-th data, wherein n in the α n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述处理器用于对所述调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到所述长度为N的数据
时,所述通信接口,用于:对所述数据s
l,0进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送所述
In a possible design, when the processor is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N The communication interface is configured to: perform phase rotation on the data s 1, 0 to obtain data of length N Send the
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器还用于根据所述调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,其中,M-1为大于或等于1的整数;以及,对于所述M-1个调制数据中的第m个调制数据d
l′,m,根据所述调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
其中,m是取值范围为1至M-1的整数;所述处理器还用于根据所述
得到第m路输出数据s
l,m,其中,s
l,m的长度为N,s
l,m中第n个数据s
l,m(n)为
为
中第n个数据,C
m(n+offset-l′×N)是第m路滤波器系数C
m中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;所述处理器还用于根据所述s
l,0和所述s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l,通过通信接口发送所述s
l,所述s
l中第n个数据
其中,所述处理器用于:对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行频域资源映射和IFFT,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
或者,对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
In a possible design, the processor is further configured to obtain M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and, for M The m-th modulation data d l ′, m of the -1 modulation data, according to the modulation data d l ′, m, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1; the processor is further configured to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for In the nth data, C m (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N value in the m- th filter coefficient C m ; the processor is further configured to Said s l, 0 and said s l, m obtain the combined output data s l of length N, and send said s l through the communication interface, and the nth data in said s l The processor is configured to perform repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N. Alternatively, frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT are performed on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain the data of the m-th path length N.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器用于:根据所述相位因子
对所述d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到所述
中第n个数据。
In a possible design, the processor is configured to: according to the phase factor Performing phase rotation on the d l ′, m to obtain the The nth data.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述处理器用于对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
时,所述处理器用于:对所述s
l,0、所述s
l,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的
根据旋转后的所述
和所述旋转后的
得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l。
In a possible design, when the processor is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N When the processor is configured to: perform phase rotation on the s l, 0 and the s l, m to obtain the rotated As described after the rotation And said rotated The combined output data s l of length N is obtained.
在一种可能的设计中,当所述处理器用于对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
时,所述处理器具体用于:对所述数据s
l进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送所述
In a possible design, when the processor is configured to repeat the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N When the processor is specifically configured to perform phase rotation on the data sl to obtain data of length N Send the
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器用于:根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据d
l′,1,其中,所述M-1大于或等于1;和/或,根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第2个调制数据d
l′,2,其中,所述M-1大于或等于2;和/或,根据所述调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第3个调制数据d
l′,3,其中,所述M-1大于或等于3;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是二进制相移键控BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK。
In a possible design, the processor is configured to: according to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 1 , and the time-domain symbol l′-2 Transmitting the modulation data d l′-2 to obtain the first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the M-1 modulation data, where the M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / or, The modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′- 2 , and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , to obtain the M-1. Modulation data of the second modulation data d l′ ′ 2 , wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or, transmitted on the modulation data d l ′ and the time domain symbol l′-1 Modulation data d l′-1 and modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 to obtain the third modulation data d l ′, 3 of the M-1 modulation data, Wherein, the M-1 is greater than or equal to 3; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;和/或,所述第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;和/或,所述第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值C
3(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)、以及所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/2-BPSK或者BPSK。示例性地,这些滤波器系数可以是由处理器确定的。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the said first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0, C 0 and the filter coefficients in the n + N values of C 0 (n + N) is determined; and / or said second n-channel filter coefficient value C 2 (n) in accordance with said filter coefficients C 2 C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in The n + 2Nth value C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) of the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or, the third-path filtering n values of the coefficients C 3 C 3 (n) based on the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the first n + N values C 0 (n + N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2- BPSK or BPSK. By way of example, these filter coefficients may be determined by a processor.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器用于:根据所述调制数据d
l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据;其中,所述M-1大于或等于1;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是正交相移键控QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK。
In a possible design, the processor is configured to obtain the M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1. The first modulation data of the modulation data; wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK.
在一种可能的设计中,所述第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、所述滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK。示例性地,这些滤波器系数可以是由处理器确定的。
In one possible design, the first filter coefficients C 1 path in the n-th value of C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the The n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; wherein the modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK. By way of example, these filter coefficients may be determined by a processor.
在一种可能的设计中,所述处理器用于:对所述调制数据d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的d
l′,m,根据所述旋转后的d
l′,m得到所述第m路长度为N的数据
其中,所述调制数据d
l′的调制方式是BPSK或者QPSK。
In a possible design, the processor is configured to: perform phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain a rotated d l ′, m , and obtain according to the rotated d l ′, m The length of the m-th path is N The modulation mode of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的数据传输方法。According to a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is configured to store a computer execution instruction, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer execution instruction stored in the memory so that the memory The communication device executes the data transmission method according to the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的数据传输方法。According to a fifth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer can execute the foregoing first aspect or any one of the foregoing aspects. Design the described data transmission method.
第六方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的数据传输方法。According to a sixth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which, when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the data transmission method according to the first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种芯片***,该芯片***包括处理器、通信接口,用于实现上述第一方面中的方法。According to a seventh aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor and a communication interface for implementing the method in the first aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。该芯片***,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is configured to store program instructions and / or data. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
其中,第二方面至第七方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。For technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the second to seventh aspects, refer to the technical effects brought by the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, and will not be described again.
第八方面,提供了一种通信***,该通信***中包括第一通信装置和第二通信装置,第一通信装置向第二通信装置发送数据,该第一通信装置可以实现第一方面的方法或第一方面的任一种设计的方法。例如,第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为网络设备;或者,第二通信装置为终端设备,第一通信装置为网络设备。According to an eighth aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device. The first communication device sends data to the second communication device. The first communication device can implement the method of the first aspect. Or any method of designing the first aspect. For example, the first communication device is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device; or, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the first communication device is a network device.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种***架构的简化示意图;FIG. 1 is a simplified schematic diagram of a system architecture according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程图;3 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的滤波器的组成示意图;FIG. 3a is a schematic structural diagram of a filter according to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图4a为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4a is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4b is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4c为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4c is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4d为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4d is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4e为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4e is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4f为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;4f is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的PAPR示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of PAPR provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;6 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的滤波器系数示意图;6a is a schematic diagram of a filter coefficient provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;7 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;8 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;9 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;10 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;11 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;12 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图;13 is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The embodiments of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法可以应用于各种通信***,例如5G通信***、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***或者未来移动通信***,本申请实施例不予限制。其中,5G通信***还可以称为新无线(new radio,NR)***。如图1所示为本申请实施例可以应用的通信***,该通信***可以包括终端设备和网络设备,终端设备和网络设备之间可以相互传输数据。在本申请实施例中,传输数据可以包括发送数据或接收数据。例如,终端设备可以向网络设备发送数据,网络设备可以接收终端发送的数据;或者,网络设备向终端设备发送数据,终端设备接收网络设备发送的数据。当图1所示***中包括多个终端设备时,多个终端设备可以同时向网络设备发送通过本申请实施例提供的方法处理后的数据。本申请实施例中,终端设备发送的数据可以是终端设备发送至网络设备的任何形式的数据,比如:可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层数据、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层数据、物理层数据等,本申请不做限制。示例性地,在本申请实施例中,终端设备向网络设备发送通过本申请实施例提供的方法处理后的数据时,可以直接发送该处理后的数据,也可以对该处理后的数据经过其它处理后进行发送,例如经过其它基带和/或射频处理后进行发送,本申请不做限制。同理,网络设备发送的数据也可以是网络设备发送至终端设备的任何形式的数据,不再赘述。The data transmission method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as a 5G communication system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a future mobile communication system, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited. Among them, the 5G communication system may also be referred to as a new radio (NR) system. As shown in FIG. 1, this embodiment of the present application is applicable to a communication system. The communication system may include a terminal device and a network device, and the terminal device and the network device may transmit data to each other. In the embodiment of the present application, transmitting data may include sending data or receiving data. For example, the terminal device may send data to the network device, and the network device may receive data sent by the terminal; or, the network device sends data to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives data sent by the network device. When the system shown in FIG. 1 includes multiple terminal devices, multiple terminal devices can simultaneously send data processed by the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the data sent by the terminal device may be any form of data sent by the terminal device to the network device, for example, it may be radio resource control (RRC) layer data, media access control (media access control) , MAC) layer data, physical layer data, etc., this application is not limited. Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, when the terminal device sends data processed by the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to the network device, the processed data may be directly sent, or the processed data may be subjected to other processes. Sending after processing, for example, sending after other baseband and / or radio frequency processing, there is no limitation in this application. Similarly, the data sent by the network device may also be any form of data sent by the network device to the terminal device, and details are not described again.
进一步地,本申请实施例提供的方法还可以应用于除图1之外的其他支持异步传输的场景,如:无线回传场景、设备到设备(device to device,D2D)或车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)场景。例如,在无线回传场景中,宏基站和微基站可以利用本申请实施例提供的方 法进行数据传输。在D2D或V2X场景中,终端设备间可以利用本申请实施例提供的方法进行数据传输。Further, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to scenarios other than FIG. 1 that support asynchronous transmission, such as wireless backhaul scenarios, device-to-device (D2D), or vehicle-to-vehicle (vehicle) everything, V2X) scenario. For example, in a wireless backhaul scenario, the macro base station and the micro base station may use the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to perform data transmission. In a D2D or V2X scenario, terminal devices may use the method provided in the embodiment of the present application to perform data transmission.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案在通信***中应用时,可以应用于各种接入技术。例如,可以应用于正交多址接入(orthogonal multiple access,OMA)技术或非正交多址接入(non-orthogonal multiple access,NOMA)技术。应用于正交多址接入技术时,可以应用于正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency division multiple access,OFDMA)或单载波频分多址(single carrier frequency division multiple access,SC-FDMA)等技术,本申请实施例不做限制。示例性地,本申请实施例提供的技术方案应用于OFDMA或SC-FDMA技术时,可以用于在一个子载波中进行数据传输。应用于非正交多址接入技术时,可以应用于稀疏码多址接入(sparse code multiple access,SCMA)、多用户共享接入(multi-user shared access,MUSA)、图样分割多址接入(pattern division multiple access,PDMA)、交织格栅多址接入(interleave-grid multiple access,IGMA)、资源扩展多址接入(resource spreading multiple access,RSMA)、非正交编码多址接入(non-orthogonal coded multiple access,NCMA)或非正交编码接入(non-orthogonal coded access,NOCA)等技术,本申请实施例不做限制。When the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applied in a communication system, they can be applied to various access technologies. For example, it can be applied to orthogonal multiple access (OMA) technology or non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) technology. When applied to orthogonal multiple access technology, it can be applied to orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) or single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA)) The embodiments of the present application are not limited. Exemplarily, when the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to OFDMA or SC-FDMA technology, it may be used for data transmission in one subcarrier. When applied to non-orthogonal multiple access technology, it can be applied to sparse code multiple access (SCMA), multi-user shared access (MUSA), pattern division multiple access Access (pattern, division, multiple access, PDMA), interleaved-grid multiple access (IGMA), resource extended multiple access (resource, spread multiple access, RSMA), non-orthogonal coding multiple access (non-orthogonal coded multiple access (NCMA)) or non-orthogonal coded access (NOCA) and other technologies are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案在通信***中应用时,可以应用于各种调度类型。例如,可以应用于基于授权的调度或者基于免授权的调度。应用于基于授权的调度时,网络设备可以通过动态信令为终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息中携带传输参数,网络设备和终端设备基于该传输参数进行数据传输。应用于免授权的调度时,可以预配置调度信息,或者网络设备可以半静态信令为终端设备发送调度信息,该调度信息中携带传输参数,网络设备和终端设备基于该传输参数进行数据传输。其中,免授权的调度还可以称为非动态调度(without dynamic scheduling)、非动态授权(without dynamic grant)或其它名称,本申请实施例不做限制。When the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are applied in a communication system, they can be applied to various scheduling types. For example, it can be applied to authorization-based scheduling or authorization-free scheduling. When applied to authorization-based scheduling, network equipment can send scheduling information to terminal equipment through dynamic signaling. The scheduling information carries transmission parameters, and network equipment and terminal equipment perform data transmission based on the transmission parameters. When applied to license-free scheduling, scheduling information can be pre-configured, or network equipment can send scheduling information to terminal equipment using semi-static signaling. The scheduling information carries transmission parameters, and network equipment and terminal equipment perform data transmission based on the transmission parameters. Among them, the authorization-free scheduling may also be called without dynamic scheduling, without dynamic authorization, or other names, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以称为终端,终端设备可以是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,终端设备可以被部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以被部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以被部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端设备可以为用户设备(user equipment,UE)。其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端设备还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端,也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片***。本申请实施例中,芯片***可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端,以终端是UE为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may be referred to as a terminal, and the terminal device may be a device with a wireless transmitting and receiving function. The terminal device may be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, or vehicle; it may also be deployed in Above water (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal device may be a user equipment (UE). The UE includes a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, or a computing device with a wireless communication function. Exemplarily, the UE may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with a wireless transceiver function. The terminal device can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or intelligent Wireless terminals in the power grid, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. In the embodiment of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the terminal may be a terminal or a device capable of supporting the terminal to implement the function, such as a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. In the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the functions of the terminal is a terminal, and the terminal is a UE as an example, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以包括基站(base station,BS),可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G中的基站或LTE中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP) 或gNB。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片***。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备,以网络设备是基站为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may include a base station (BS), and may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and is capable of performing wireless communication with a terminal. Base stations may take many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points. Exemplarily, the base station involved in this embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, and the base station in 5G may also be referred to as a transmission and reception point (TRP) or a gNB. In the embodiment of the present application, the device for implementing the function of the network device may be a network device or a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system. In the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described by taking the device for realizing the functions of the network device as a network device and taking the network device as a base station as an example.
具体的,为了实现本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置200的组成示意图。如图2所示,该通信装置200包括至少一个处理器201,通信线路202,以及至少一个通信接口203;进一步的,还可以包括存储器204。其中,处理器201,存储器204以及通信接口203三者之间可以通过通信线路202连接。在本申请实施例中,至少一个可以是一个、两个、三个或者更多个,本申请实施例不做限制。Specifically, in order to implement the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application, FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a composition of a communication device 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the communication device 200 includes at least one processor 201, a communication line 202, and at least one communication interface 203; further, it may further include a memory 204. The processor 201, the memory 204, and the communication interface 203 may be connected through a communication line 202. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one may be one, two, three or more, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited.
本申请实施例中,处理器201可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、通用处理器网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器还可以是其它具有处理功能的装置,例如电路、器件或软件模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 201 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), and a microprocessor. , Microcontroller, programmable logic device (programmable logic device, PLD) or any combination thereof. The processor may also be another device having a processing function, such as a circuit, a device, or a software module.
本申请实施例中,通信线路202用于在通信装置包括的部件之间传送信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication line 202 is used to transmit information between components included in the communication device.
在本申请实施例中,通信接口203用于与其他设备或通信网络通信(如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等)。通信接口203可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication interface 203 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks (such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.). The communication interface 203 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
在本申请实施例中,存储器204可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 204 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other type of static storage device that can store static information and / or instructions, or may be a random access memory (random access memory). , RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and / or instructions, can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), read-only compact disc (compact disc-read- only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disc storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store The desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
一种可能的设计中,存储器204可以独立于处理器201存在,即存储器204可以为处理器201外部的存储器,此时,存储器204可以通过通信线路202与处理器201相连接,用于存储指令或者程序代码。处理器201调用并执行存储器204中存储的指令或程序代码时,能够实现本申请下述实施例提供的数据传输方法。又一种可能的设计中,存储器204也可以和处理器201集成在一起,即存储器204可以为处理器201的内部存储器,例如,该存储器204为高速缓存,可以用于暂存一些数据和/或指令信息等。In a possible design, the memory 204 may exist independently of the processor 201, that is, the memory 204 may be a memory external to the processor 201. At this time, the memory 204 may be connected to the processor 201 through the communication line 202 for storing instructions Or program code. When the processor 201 calls and executes the instructions or program codes stored in the memory 204, it can implement the data transmission method provided in the following embodiments of the present application. In another possible design, the memory 204 may also be integrated with the processor 201, that is, the memory 204 may be an internal memory of the processor 201. For example, the memory 204 is a cache and may be used to temporarily store some data and / Or instruction information.
作为一种可实现方式,处理器201可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图2中的CPU0和CPU1。作为另一种可实现方式,通信装置200可以包括多个处理器,例如图2中的处理器201和处理器207。作为再一种可实现方式,通信装置200还可以包括输出设备205和输入设备206。示例性地,输入设备206可以是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备,输出设备205可以是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。As an implementable manner, the processor 201 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 2. As another implementable manner, the communication device 200 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 201 and the processor 207 in FIG. 2. As yet another implementable manner, the communication apparatus 200 may further include an output device 205 and an input device 206. Exemplarily, the input device 206 may be a device such as a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, or a joystick, and the output device 205 may be a device such as a display screen or a speaker.
需要说明的是,上述的通信装置200可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。例如,通信装置200可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、PDA、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片***或有图2中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信装 置200的类型。It should be noted that the above-mentioned communication device 200 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device. For example, the communication device 200 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a PDA, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure in FIG. 2. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 200.
下面结合图1所示通信***,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法进行描述。The following describes the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application with reference to the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法流程图,该方法可以由图1所示的终端设备执行,也可以由图1所示的网络设备执行,不予限制。下面以图3所示方法由终端设备执行为例,对本申请实施例提供的方法进行描述。FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method may be executed by a terminal device shown in FIG. 1 or a network device shown in FIG. 1 without limitation. The method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by a terminal device as an example to describe the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
如图3所示,该方法可以包括步骤301~步骤303:As shown in FIG. 3, the method may include steps 301 to 303:
步骤301:对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
或者还可以描述为:根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
其中,d
l′是在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据,d
l′还可以被称为时域符号l′对应的调制数据。其中,d
l′中包含一个调制数据。
Step 301: For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ . Or it can also be described as: obtaining data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ Among them, d l ′ is modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, and d l ′ may also be referred to as modulation data corresponding to the time domain symbol l ′. Among them, d l ′ contains a modulation data.
时域符号l′可以为用于终端设备进行数据传输的一个或多个时域符号中的任一时域符号,l′为时域符号的序号(或者称为索引),可以为大于或等于0的整数,还可以为小于0的整数,不予限制。以NR***为例,终端设备在传数据传输时,一个时隙(slot)可以包括14个时域符号,当该14个时域符号从0开始编号时,该14个时域符号的索引为从0至13,该14个时域符号分别为:时域符号0、时域符号1、……、时域符号13,此时,假设时域符号l′为14个时域符号中的第1个时域符号,时域符号l′可以为时域符号0。当该14个时域符号从1开始编号时,该14个时域符号的索引为从1至14,该14个时域符号分别为:时域符号1、时域符号2、……..、时域符号14,此时,假设时域符号l′为14个时域符号中的第1个时域符号,时域符号l′可以为时域符号1。当14个时域符号从-1开始编号时,该14个时域符号的索引为从-1至12,该14个时域符号分别为:时域符号-1、时域符号0、时域符号1、…….、时域符号12,此时,假设时域符号l′为14个时域符号中的第1个时域符号,时域符号l′可以为时域符号-1。The time domain symbol l ′ may be any time domain symbol among one or more time domain symbols used by the terminal device for data transmission. L ′ is a sequence number (or index) of the time domain symbol, which may be greater than or equal to 0. The integer can be an integer less than 0, without limitation. Taking the NR system as an example, when a terminal device transmits data, a slot may include 14 time domain symbols. When the 14 time domain symbols are numbered from 0, the index of the 14 time domain symbols is From 0 to 13, the 14 time-domain symbols are: time-domain symbol 0, time-domain symbol 1, ..., and time-domain symbol 13. At this time, it is assumed that the time-domain symbol l ′ is the first of the 14 time-domain symbols. 1 time domain symbol, the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol 0. When the 14 time-domain symbols are numbered from 1, the indexes of the 14 time-domain symbols are from 1 to 14. The 14 time-domain symbols are: time-domain symbol 1, time-domain symbol 2, ..... And time domain symbol 14. At this time, it is assumed that the time domain symbol l ′ is the first time domain symbol among the 14 time domain symbols, and the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol 1. When 14 time domain symbols are numbered from -1, the indexes of the 14 time domain symbols are from -1 to 12, and the 14 time domain symbols are: time domain symbol -1, time domain symbol 0, and time domain. Symbols 1,... And time domain symbols 12. At this time, it is assumed that the time domain symbol l ′ is the first time domain symbol among the 14 time domain symbols, and the time domain symbol l ′ may be the time domain symbol -1.
时域符号l′还可以是多个时隙或者多个子帧(subframe)内包含的时域符号中的任一时域符号,也就是时域符号l′的取值范围跨越了多个时隙或者多个子帧。以NR***为例,子载波间隔为15KHz时,1ms内包含1个时隙即14个时域符号,此时l′的取值范围可以为0至13,即l′可以是0至13之间的任一整数值;子载波间隔为30kHz时,1ms内包含2个时隙即28个时域符号,此时l′的取值范围可以为0至27,即l′可以是0至27之间的任一整数值。The time domain symbol l ′ may also be any time domain symbol among multiple time slots or time domain symbols contained in multiple subframes, that is, the value range of the time domain symbol l ′ spans multiple time slots or Multiple subframes. Taking the NR system as an example, when the subcarrier interval is 15KHz, there are 1 time slot or 14 time domain symbols in 1ms. At this time, the value of l ′ can be from 0 to 13, that is, l ′ can be from 0 to 13. When the subcarrier interval is 30kHz, there are 2 time slots in 1ms, that is, 28 time domain symbols. At this time, the value of l ′ can range from 0 to 27, that is, l ′ can be 0 to 27. Any integer value between.
时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′可以通过如下方式获得:采用某种调制方式对包括一个或多个比特的比特流进行调制处理,得到一个或多个复数符号,将得到的一个或多个复数符号一对一映射到一个或多个时域符号上,其中,映射到时域符号l′上的复数符号为时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′。其中,上述比特流可以采用各种处理方式得到,如:可以将原始比特流经过编码、交织、加扰等处理得到该比特流。原始比特流可以根据终端设备待发送的业务得到,本申请实施例对此不予限制。
The modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ can be obtained by modulating a bit stream including one or more bits by using a certain modulation method to obtain one or more complex symbols, and the obtained one One or more complex number symbols are mapped one-to-one to one or more time-domain symbols, where the complex symbols mapped to the time-domain symbol l ′ are modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ . The above-mentioned bit stream can be obtained by various processing methods, for example, the original bit stream can be obtained by encoding, interleaving, and scrambling. The original bitstream can be obtained according to the service to be sent by the terminal device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中,调制方式可以为二进制相移键控(binary phase shift keying,BPSK)调制,或者Pi/2-BPSK调制,或者正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK)调制,或者Pi/4-QPSK调制。调制方式可以预先配置,当图3所示方法由终端设备执行时,调制方式也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。在本申请实施例中,可以将经过BPSK调制后映射到时域符号上的数据称为BPSK调制数据,将经过Pi/2-BPSK调制后映 射到时域符号上的数据称为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据,将经过QPSK调制后映射到时域符号上的数据称为QPSK调制数据,将经过Pi/4-QPSK调制后映射到时域符号上的数据称为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the modulation method may be binary phase shift keying (BPSK) modulation, or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, or quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) modulation. Or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation. The modulation mode can be configured in advance. When the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by the terminal device, the modulation mode can also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, the data mapped to time-domain symbols after BPSK modulation may be referred to as BPSK modulation data, and the data mapped to time-domain symbols after Pi / 2-BPSK modulation is referred to as Pi / 2- For BPSK modulation data, the data mapped to time domain symbols after QPSK modulation is called QPSK modulation data, and the data mapped to time domain symbols after Pi / 4-QPSK modulation is called Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data.
在本申请实施例中,信令可以是半静态信令和/或动态信令。半静态信令可以是无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令、广播消息、***消息或媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)控制元素(control element,CE)。其中,广播消息可以包括剩余最小***消息(remaining minimum system information,RMSI)。动态信令可以是物理层信令。物理层信令可以是物理控制信道携带的信令或者物理数据信道携带的信令。其中,物理数据信道可以是下行信道,例如物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)。物理控制信道可以是物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)、增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced physical downlink control channel,EPDCCH)、窄带物理下行控制信道(narrowband physical downlink control channel,NPDCCH)或机器类通信物理下行控制信道(machine type communication(MTC)physical downlink control channel,MPDCCH)。其中,PDCCH或EPDCCH携带的信令还可以称为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。物理控制信道还可以是物理副链路控制信道(physical sidelink control channel),物理副链路控制信道携带的信令还可以称为副链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI)。In the embodiment of the present application, the signaling may be semi-static signaling and / or dynamic signaling. The semi-static signaling can be radio resource control (RRC) signaling, broadcast messages, system messages, or medium access control (MAC) control elements (CE). The broadcast message may include a remaining minimum system message (RMSI). Dynamic signaling can be physical layer signaling. Physical layer signaling may be signaling carried by a physical control channel or signaling carried by a physical data channel. The physical data channel may be a downlink channel, such as a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH)). The physical control channel can be a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), a narrowband physical downlink control channel (NPDCCH), or a machine class Communication physical downlink control channel (MTC) physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH). The signaling carried by the PDCCH or EPDCCH may also be referred to as downlink control information (downlink control information). The physical control channel may also be a physical secondary link control channel (physical sidelink control channel), and the signaling carried by the physical secondary link control channel may also be called sidelink control information (sidelink control information) (SCI).
由于一个时域符号传输的是一个调制数据,因此上述调制方式可以指不同时域符号传输的调制数据之间满足配置的调制方式的特征。例如,以Pi/2-BPSK调制为例,其特征为相邻两个调制数据点之间的幅度相同,相位相差90度或者270度,因此,若时域符号0上传输的调制数据为1,则时域符号1上传输的调制数据可以为j或者-j,时域符号2上传输的调制数据可以为1或者-1,即时域符号0、时域符号1、时域符号2中相邻两个时域符号上传输的调制数据之间的相位相差90度或270度,满足Pi/2-BPSK调制。Since a time-domain symbol transmits a modulation data, the above-mentioned modulation method may refer to a characteristic of a modulation method that satisfies a configuration among modulation data transmitted by different time-domain symbols. For example, taking Pi / 2-BPSK modulation as an example, it is characterized by the same amplitude between two adjacent modulation data points and a phase difference of 90 degrees or 270 degrees. Therefore, if the modulation data transmitted on the time domain symbol 0 is 1 , Then the modulation data transmitted on time domain symbol 1 can be j or -j, and the modulation data transmitted on time domain symbol 2 can be 1 or -1. The phase information in instant domain symbol 0, time domain symbol 1, and time domain symbol 2 The phase difference between the modulation data transmitted on two adjacent time-domain symbols is 90 degrees or 270 degrees, which satisfies Pi / 2-BPSK modulation.
步骤301中,N为大于或等于1的整数,N的取值可以根据时域符号l′上传输的时域数据的长度而定,如:N等于时域符号l′上传输的时域数据的长度。其中,时域符号l′上传输的时域数据的长度可以预先配置,如:可以配置为2048。当图3所示由终端设备执行时,时域符号l′上传输的时域数据的长度也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。In step 301, N is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The value of N can be determined according to the length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, for example, N is equal to the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′. length. The length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ can be configured in advance, for example, it can be configured as 2048. When executed by a terminal device as shown in FIG. 3, the length of the time domain data transmitted on the time domain symbol l 'may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling.
示例性的,可以通过重复,或者重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
其中,重复可以指:对调制数据d
l′经过N次重复后得到长度为N的数据
如:
中第n个数据
Exemplarily, data of length N can be obtained through repetition, or repetition, and phase rotation. Wherein, repetition may refer to: obtaining data of length N after N times of repetition of the modulation data d l ′ Such as: Nth data in
当通过重复得到长度为N的数据
时,
其中
为
中的第n个数据。
When repeated to get data of length N Time, among them for The nth data in.
当通过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
时,相位旋转可以指:将长度为N的数据
中的每个数据d
l′乘以相位因子
得到长度为N的
或者,可以描述为根据相位因子
对d
l′进行相位旋转,得到
中第n个数据
如:
When repeating, phase rotation to get data of length N Phase rotation can refer to: the data of length N Each data in d l ′ times the phase factor Get the length of N Alternatively, it can be described as a phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′ to obtain Nth data in Such as:
其中,α
n中n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,α
n表示用于得到
中第n个数据的相位。
Among them, n in α is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and α n is used to obtain Phase of the nth data in.
可选地,可以根据n与k确定α
n,如:α
n=2π×n×k/N。其中,k可以是预配置的;当图3所示方法由终端设备执行时,网络设备也可以通过信令将k配置给终端设备。本申请实施例中,网络设备配置给不同终端设备的k可以不同或者相同。当α
n=2π×n×k/N时,将长度为N的数据
中的每个数据d
l′乘以相位因子e
j2π×n×k/N等效于将调制数据d
l′映射到子载波索引为k的子载波(简称子载波k)上,其他N-1个子载波上的数据为0,然后对这个N个子载波上的数据进行IFFT变换:
k=k'时,
k≠k'时,
相对的,作为IFFT变换的逆过程,如果将长度为N的数据
进行FFT转换为频域数据,则得到的频域数据中索引为k的数据为d
l′,剩余索引的数据为0。如此,当不同终端设备配置的k不同时,不同终端设备在相同时域符号上传输的数据可以映射到不同的子载波上,即不同终端设备在频域资源是频分的。
Optionally, α n may be determined according to n and k, such as: α n = 2π × n × k / N. Among them, k may be pre-configured; when the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by the terminal device, the network device may also configure k to the terminal device through signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, k configured by the network device to different terminal devices may be different or the same. When α n = 2π × n × k / N, the data of length N will be Each data d l ′ multiplied by a phase factor e j2π × n × k / N is equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to a subcarrier with a subcarrier index k (referred to as subcarrier k), and other N- The data on 1 subcarrier is 0, and then the IFFT transform is performed on the data on the N subcarriers: When k = k ', When k ≠ k ', In contrast, as the inverse process of IFFT transformation, if the data of length N is FFT is converted into frequency domain data, then the data of index k in the obtained frequency domain data is d l ′ , and the data of the remaining indexes is 0. In this way, when different terminal equipments have different k configurations, data transmitted by different terminal equipments on the same time domain symbol can be mapped to different subcarriers, that is, different terminal equipments are frequency-divided in frequency domain resources.
可选的,还可以根据n、k以及相位偏移量确定α
n,其中,相位偏移量可以为A或者A
k,A为实数,例如,A可以为固定常数,如:A可以为1/2或者1。再例如,A可以是预配置的;当图3所示方法由终端设备执行时,A也可以是由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备的,不同终端设备分配的A可以相同也可以不同。示例性地,A
k可以根据k确定,如:通过表达式A
k=A·k确定A
k,A如上所述,不再赘述;A
k也可以是预配置的;当图3所示方法由终端设备执行时,A
k还可以是网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备的,为不同终端设备分配的A
k可以相同也可以不同。
Optionally, α n can also be determined according to n, k, and a phase offset, where the phase offset can be A or A k and A is a real number. For example, A can be a fixed constant, such as: A can be 1 / 2 or 1. As another example, A may be pre-configured; when the method shown in FIG. 3 is executed by a terminal device, A may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. A assigned by different terminal devices may be the same or different. Exemplarily, A k can be determined according to k, such as: A k is determined by the expression A k = A · k , and A is as described above, and will not be repeated; A k may also be pre-configured; when the method shown in FIG. 3 When executed by the terminal device, Ak may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. The Ak allocated to different terminal devices may be the same or different.
示例性地,
当A为整数时,将长度为N的数据
中的每个数据d
l′乘以相位因子e
j2π×n×(k+A)/N等效于将调制数据d
l′映射到子载波k+A的子载波上传输,剩余N-1个子载波上的数据为0。如此,当不同终端设备配置的k不同时,不同终端设备在相同时域符号上传输的数据可以映射到不同的子载波上,即不同终端设备在频域资源是频分的。或者,
By way of example, When A is an integer, the data of length N Each data d l ′ multiplied by the phase factor e j2π × n × (k + A) / N is equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to the subcarrier k + A for transmission, and the remaining N-1 The data on each subcarrier is 0. In this way, when different terminal equipments have different k configurations, data transmitted by different terminal equipments on the same time domain symbol can be mapped to different subcarriers, that is, different terminal equipments are frequency-divided in frequency domain resources. or,
示例性地,
A
k=A×k,当A为整数时,将长度为N的数据
中的每个数据d
l′乘以相位因子
等效于将调制数据d
l′映射到子载波索引为k+A
k的子载波上传输,剩余N-1个子载波上的数据为0。如此,当不同终端设备配置的A
k相同,k不同时,不同终端设备在相同时域符号上传输的数据可以映射到不同的子载波上,即不同终端设备在频域资源是频分的,同时,因A
k为k的倍数,各个终端设备偏移子载波k的程度会随着k的增大而增大,所以,可以通过采用相应的A
k取值来调整不同终端设备映射的频域位置之间的间隔,即调整终端设备的保护带的频域带宽大小。
By way of example, A k = A × k, when A is an integer, the data of length N Each data in d l ′ times the phase factor It is equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to a subcarrier with a subcarrier index k + A k for transmission, and the data on the remaining N-1 subcarriers is 0. In this way, when A k configured by different terminal devices is the same and k is different, data transmitted by different terminal devices on the same time domain symbol can be mapped to different subcarriers, that is, different terminal devices are frequency-divided in the frequency domain resources. At the same time, because Ak is a multiple of k, the degree to which each terminal device is offset from the subcarrier k will increase as k increases. Therefore, the frequency of different terminal device mappings can be adjusted by using the corresponding value of Ak . The interval between the domain positions, that is, the frequency domain bandwidth of the guard band of the terminal device is adjusted.
例如:假设终端设备1分配的k为1,终端设备2分配的k为3,A=1,若采用相位因子e
j2π×n×(k+A)/N旋转各个终端设备的调制数据,则可以将终端设备1的调制数据映射到子载波2上,将终端设备2的调制数据映射到子载波4上,此时,终端设备1与终端设备2间隔2个子载波;若采用相位因子
旋转各个终端设备的调制数据,A
k=1·k,则可以将终端设备1的调制数据映射到子载波2上,将终端设备2的调制数据映射到子载波6上,此时,终端设备1与终端设备2间隔4个子载波,增大了二者映射的频率位置之间的间隔。
For example: Suppose k assigned by terminal device 1 is 1, k assigned by terminal device 2 is 3, and A = 1. If the phase factor e j2π × n × (k + A) / N is used to rotate the modulation data of each terminal device, then The modulation data of terminal device 1 can be mapped to subcarrier 2 and the modulation data of terminal device 2 can be mapped to subcarrier 4. At this time, terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are separated by 2 subcarriers; if a phase factor is used Rotate the modulation data of each terminal device, A k = 1 · k, then you can map the modulation data of terminal device 1 to subcarrier 2, and the modulation data of terminal device 2 to subcarrier 6. At this time, the terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 are separated by 4 subcarriers, which increases the interval between the frequency positions mapped by the two.
上述实现中,重复、相位旋转操作采用离散的表示方式(即离散的表达式),可替换的,也可以采用连续的表示方式(即连续的表达式)得到重复、相位旋转操作等各操作的输出数据。当采用连续的表示方式得到各操作的输出数据时,可以换将离散的表达式中的离散索引(比如n)替换为连续索引t,将离散数据长度N替换为时间长度T,其中T=N×T
s。 在本申请实施例中,T
s为时间单位因子,可以预定义,或者,由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。例如,子载波间隔为15kHz,N=2048时,T
s的值为1/(15×1000×2048)。例如重复操作的输出数据
的第t个时刻的数据
可以表示为:
相位旋转操作的输出数据
的第t个时刻的数据
可以表示为:
In the above implementation, the repeated and phase rotation operations use discrete representations (ie, discrete expressions). Alternatively, continuous representations (that is, continuous expressions) can also be used to obtain the operations of repetitions, phase rotations, and other operations Output Data. When continuous output is used to obtain the output data of each operation, the discrete index (such as n) in the discrete expression can be replaced by the continuous index t, and the discrete data length N can be replaced by the time length T, where T = N × T s . In the embodiment of the present application, T s is a time unit factor, which may be predefined or configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling. For example, when the subcarrier interval is 15 kHz and N = 2048, the value of T s is 1 / (15 × 1000 × 2048). Output data such as repeated operations Data at time t It can be expressed as: Output data for phase rotation operation Data at time t It can be expressed as:
其中,可选的,α
t可以为α
t=2π×t×k/T,或者α
t=2π×t×(k+A)/T,或者α
t=2π×t×(k+A
k)/T。
Among them, optionally, α t may be α t = 2π × t × k / T, or α t = 2π × t × (k + A) / T, or α t = 2π × t × (k + A k ) / T.
可以知道,以
对
和α
t进行离散采样时,得到的结果与前面描述的离散表示形式
和α
n是一致的。
Can know that Correct And α t for discrete sampling, the result is the same as the discrete representation described earlier It is consistent with α n .
步骤302:根据
得到时域符号l上传输的数据s
l,0,其中,s
l,0的长度为N,s
l,0中第n个数据s
l,0(n)为
Step 302: According to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is
其中,k1为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数。Among them, k1 is an integer greater than or equal to 0, and k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1.
C
0为滤波器系数(或者称为滤波器系数C
0),滤波器系数C
0中的系数值的总个数可以为L
0×N,滤波器系数C
0中的系数值的总个数L
0×N还可以称为滤波器长度,其中,L
0为整数,L
0可以由网络设备预先配置给终端设备。例如L
0×N=8192表示滤波器系数C
0包含8192个系数值。
C 0 is the filter coefficient (or filter coefficient C 0 ), the total number of coefficient values in the filter coefficient C 0 may be L 0 × N, and the total number of coefficient values in the filter coefficient C 0 L 0 × N can also be called the filter length, where L 0 is an integer and L 0 can be pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device. For example, L 0 × N = 8192 means that the filter coefficient C 0 contains 8192 coefficient values.
C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值。可选地,k2-k1的取值可以与滤波器长度L
0×N中L
0的取值有关,如:k2-k1=L
0-1。可选的,k2的取值可以为l,k1=l-(L
0-1);或者,k1的取值可以为l,k2=l+(L
0-1);或者,k1、k2取l之外的其他值,不予限制。
C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is an n + offset-l ′ × N value in the filter coefficient C 0 . Alternatively, k2-k1 values may filter length L 0 × N 0 of the value L related, such as: k2-k1 = L 0 -1 . Optionally, the value of k2 can be 1, k1 = l- (L 0 -1); or, the value of k1 can be 1, k2 = l + (L 0 -1); or, k1, k2 can be 1 Any value other than is not limited.
offset为偏移值,offset是预配置的,也可以是由网络设备通过信令为终端配置的。offset可以为大于等于0的整数。可选的,offset为l×N或者
The offset is an offset value, and the offset is pre-configured, and may also be configured by the network device for the terminal through signaling. offset can be an integer greater than or equal to 0. Optionally, the offset is l × N or
C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值。
相当于将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据与相应的滤波器系数进行相乘,并将相乘后的结果相加后得到时域符号l上传输的第n个数据。
C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is an n + offset-l ′ × N value in the filter coefficient C 0 . It is equivalent to multiplying the n-th data of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols with corresponding filter coefficients, and adding the multiplied result to obtain the n-th data transmitted on time-domain symbol l.
例如,假设offset为l×N、k2为l、k1为l-(L
0-1),则
即将时域符号l的第n个数据数据与时域符号l之前的L
0-1个时域符号的第n个数据与相应的滤波器系数进行相乘,并将相乘后的结果相加后得到时域符号l上传输的第n个数据。具体的,该过程可以通过图3a所示的滤波器来实现:
For example, suppose offset is l × N, k2 is l, and k1 is l- (L 0 -1), then That is, the n-th data of the time-domain symbol l is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficients with the n-th data of the L 0 -1 time-domain symbols before the time-domain symbol l, and the results of the multiplication are added. Then, the nth data transmitted on the time domain symbol l is obtained. Specifically, this process can be implemented by the filter shown in FIG. 3a:
如图3a所示,为本申请实施例设计的一个滤波器,该滤波器长度为L
0×N,滤波器系数为C
0(n),n=0,1,2,...,L
0×N-1,Z
-N主要用于将输入数据延迟N。由于每个时域符号的长度为N,所以,
经过一个Z
-N后的数据为
经过2个Z
-N、3个Z
-N、…….、l-(L
0-1)个Z
-N后的数据为
将
与其相应的滤波器系数C
0(n)、C
0(n+N)、 C
0(n+2N)、………C
0(n+(L
0-1)N)点乘后相加合并得到滤波后的数据s
l,0(n)。例如,假设滤波器长度L
0×N中的L
0=4,则对于时域符号3对应的数据
其经过图3a所示滤波器滤波后的数据可以表示为:
As shown in FIG. 3a, a filter designed for the embodiment of the present application, the filter length is L 0 × N, and the filter coefficient is C 0 (n), n = 0,1,2, ..., L 0 × N-1, Z -N is mainly used to delay the input data by N. Since the length of each time domain symbol is N, The data after a Z -N is The data after 2 Z -N , 3 Z -N , ...., l- (L 0 -1) Z -N are will Multiply and multiply by the corresponding filter coefficients C 0 (n), C 0 (n + N), C 0 (n + 2N), ... C 0 (n + (L 0 -1) N) The filtered data s l, 0 (n). For example, assuming L 0 = 4 in the filter length L 0 × N, then for the data corresponding to the time domain symbol 3 The data filtered by the filter shown in Figure 3a can be expressed as:
类似地,上述步骤302的滤波操作所采用的离散的表示方式也可以替换为连续的表示方式。例如,s
l,0中第t个时刻的数据s
l,0(t)可以表示为:
Similarly, the discrete representation adopted by the filtering operation in step 302 may be replaced with a continuous representation. For example, s l, s l 0 data in the t-th time, 0 (t) can be expressed as:
其中C
0(t+offset-l′×T)为C
0中的第t+offset-l′×T个时刻的值。可选的,offset可以为l×T或者
可以知道,以
对s
l,0(t)进行离散采样时,得到的结果与前面描述的离散表示形式s
l,0(n)是一致的。
Where C 0 (t + offset-l ′ × T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ × T time in C 0 . Optionally, the offset can be l × T or Can know that When discrete sampling s l, 0 (t), the result obtained is consistent with the discrete representation s l, 0 (n) described earlier.
在本申请实施例中,当调制数据d
l′为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据时,滤波器系数C
0可以根据Laurent分解的主部分(main component)(或者也可以称为主滤波器)得到。滤波器的长度L
0×N可以表示为(L+1)×N,即L
0=L+1,其中,C
0(n)为:
In the embodiment of the present application, when the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data, the filter coefficient C 0 may be obtained according to a main component (or a main filter) of Laurent decomposition. . The length L 0 × N of the filter can be expressed as (L + 1) × N, that is, L 0 = L + 1, where C 0 (n) is:
其中,h为实数,例如h=1/2。g(n)可以是线性响应、高斯响应或其它响应,本申请实施例不做限制。例如g(n)是方窗响应(rectangular pulse)时,g(n)可以表示为:Here, h is a real number, for example, h = 1/2. g (n) may be a linear response, a Gaussian response, or other responses, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. For example, when g (n) is a rectangular pulse, g (n) can be expressed as:
其中C
0(n)和g(n)为离散的表示形式。可替换的,也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示滤波器系数C
0。示例性,滤波器系数C
0的连续的表示方式为:
Where C 0 (n) and g (n) are discrete representations. Alternatively, the filter coefficient C 0 may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For example, the continuous expression of the filter coefficient C 0 is:
g(t)可以表示为:g (t) can be expressed as:
其中,T=N×T
s,T
s为时间单位因子,T
s可以预定义,或者由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。例如,子载波间隔为15kHz,N=2048时,T
s的值为1/(15×1000×2048)。可以知道,以
对C
0(t)进行离散采样时,得到的结果与C
0(n)是一致的。
Among them, T = N × T s , T s is a time unit factor, and T s can be predefined or configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling. For example, when the subcarrier interval is 15 kHz and N = 2048, the value of T s is 1 / (15 × 1000 × 2048). Can know that When discrete sampling of C 0 (t), the results obtained are consistent with C 0 (n).
当调制数据d
l′为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,滤波器系数C
0可以为Umberto Mengali分解的主部分(Main Component)(或者也可以称为主滤波器),滤波器系数C
0可以由滤波器系数
确定,p=0,1,即:滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n个值
确定:
When the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the filter coefficient C 0 may be the main component (or the main filter) of Umberto Mengali decomposition, and the filter coefficient C 0 may be Filter coefficient It is determined that p = 0,1, that is, the nth value C 0 (n) in the filter coefficient C 0 is based on the filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in determine:
h
(p)=2
p·h,h为实数,h可以为预定义值。示例性的,h=1/4。即当时域符号l′对应的
由Pi/4-QPSK调制数据得到时,时域符号l′对应的滤波器系数C
0可以由g(n)与N确定。
h (p) = 2 p · h, where h is a real number, and h may be a predefined value. Exemplarily, h = 1/4. Corresponding to the time domain symbol l ′ When obtained from Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the filter coefficient C 0 corresponding to the time domain symbol l ′ can be determined by g (n) and N.
类似的,
和
也可以采用连续的表示方式表示。示例性的,
和
的连续的表示方式为:
akin, with You can also use continuous representation. Exemplary, with The continuous representation of is:
其中,t与T的相关描述可参照上述C
0(t)涉及的描述,在此不再赘述。
For related descriptions of t and T, reference may be made to the description related to C 0 (t) above, and details are not described herein again.
步骤303:发送数据s
l,0。
Step 303: Send data s l, 0 .
在时域符号l上发送s
l,0。相应地,网络设备在时域符号l上接收s
l,0。
Send s l, 0 on the time domain symbol l. Accordingly, the network device receives s l, 0 on the time domain symbol l.
在图3所示的方案中,发送s
l,0时,可以不添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP),每个时域符号的长度均为N。当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式进行滤波操作时,滤波操作的输入数据
时延N长度后,对应的正好是前一个时域符号的第n个数据
时延N长度后,对应的正好是前一个时域符号的第n个数据
以此类推,可以获取到k2-k1+1个时域符号(即L
0个时域符号)的第n个数据,将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到时域符号l上传输的第n个数据,例如时域符号l上传输的第n个数据与L
0-1个其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,可以保证不同时域符号上传输的数据的相关性与连续性。由于,OOB的性能主要和不同时域符号上传输的数据之间的相关性、连续性有关,所以,图3中所述保证不同时域符号上传输的数据的相关性与连续性的滤波方式可以降低传输数据的OOB。同时,相比现有将时域符号对应的时域数据与滤波器进行线性卷积以降OOB的方式,采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式得到s
l,0中第n个数据时,所采用的乘法运算较少,因此采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式得到的发送数据s
l,0的PAPR更低。
In the solution shown in FIG. 3, when sending s 1, 0 , a cyclic prefix (CP) may not be added, and the length of each time domain symbol is N. When a filtering operation is performed by using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, input data of the filtering operation After the delay N length, the corresponding is exactly the nth data of the previous time domain symbol After the delay N length, the corresponding is exactly the nth data of the previous time domain symbol By analogy, the n-th data of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols (that is, L 0 time-domain symbols) can be obtained, and the n-th data point of k2-k1 + 1 time-domain symbols is multiplied by the corresponding The filter coefficients are added and combined to obtain the n-th data transmitted on the time-domain symbol l, for example, the n-th data transmitted on the time-domain symbol l is related to the n-th data of L 0 -1 other time-domain symbols. Relevance and continuity of data transmitted on different time domain symbols are guaranteed. Because the performance of OOB is mainly related to the correlation and continuity between data transmitted on different time-domain symbols, the filtering method described in Figure 3 to ensure the correlation and continuity of data transmitted on different time-domain symbols Can reduce OOB of transmitted data. At the same time, compared with the existing method of linearly convolving time-domain data corresponding to time-domain symbols with a filter to reduce OOB, the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to obtain the nth data in s l, 0 . There are fewer multiplication operations, so the PAPR of the transmitted data s l, 0 obtained by using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application is lower.
可选的,为了保证不同终端设备的频域资源是频分的,在步骤301中通过重复得到长度为N的数据
的情况下,步骤303发送数据s
l,0可以包括:对数据s
l,0进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送
Optionally, in order to ensure that frequency domain resources of different terminal devices are frequency-divided, in step 301, data of length N is obtained by repeating In the case of step 303, sending the data s l, 0 may include: performing phase rotation on the data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N. send
其中,对数据s
l,0进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
可以包括:将长度为N的数据s
l,0中的每个数据s
l,0(n)乘以相位因子
得到长度为N的
其中,相位因子
如步骤301中所述,不再赘述。
Among them, phase rotation is performed on the data s l, 0 to obtain data of length N May include: multiplying each data s l, 0 (n) of length N data s l, 0 by a phase factor Get the length of N Among them, the phase factor As described in step 301, details are not described again.
下面结合图4a~图4c所示框图,对上述图3所示方法进行描述。The method shown in FIG. 3 is described below with reference to the block diagrams shown in FIG. 4a to FIG. 4c.
图4a为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4a所示,该发送数据的过程包括:将时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′经过N次重复后得到长度为N的数据
FIG. 4a is a schematic block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4a, the process of sending data includes: obtaining the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ after N repetitions. Data of length N
发送数据s
l,0。
Send data s l, 0 .
或者,还可以描述为,对时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行重复、相位旋转、滤波得到长度为N的数据s
l,0,发送数据s
l,0。
Alternatively, it can also be described as: the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is repeated, phase rotated, and filtered to obtain data S 1,0 of length N , and the transmitted data s 1,0 .
其中,重复、相位旋转、滤波以及相位因子等可以参照图3对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。上述图4a中重复、相位旋转、滤波操作同样可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体的,参考图3所示实施例中的实现,这里不再赘述。如此,可以将待发送数据经过重复、相位旋转映射到时频资源中的资源单元(resource element,RE),并经滤波降低待发送数据的OOB,实现待发送数据的低OOB传输。The repetition, phase rotation, filtering, and phase factor can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3 and will not be described again. The repetitive, phase rotation, and filtering operations in the foregoing FIG. 4a can also be expressed in a continuous manner. Specifically, referring to the implementation in the embodiment shown in FIG. 3, details are not described herein again. In this way, the data to be transmitted can be mapped to resource elements (REs) in the time-frequency resource through repetition and phase rotation, and the OOB of the data to be transmitted can be reduced by filtering, and low OOB transmission of the data to be transmitted can be realized.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,在重复操作中还可以乘以常数N
scale来调整调制数据d
l′的功率大小,如:
其中,N
scale为实数,N
scale可以是预定义的值,也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。特殊的,N
scale=1等效于对调制数据d
l′不进行功率调整。
It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the power of the modulation data d l ′ can also be adjusted by multiplying the constant N scale in repeated operations, such as: Among them, N scale is a real number, and N scale may be a predefined value, or may be configured by a network device to a terminal device through signaling. In particular, N scale = 1 is equivalent to no power adjustment for the modulation data d l ′ .
因图4a中的重复、相位旋转可以等效于将调制数据d
l′映射到第k个子载波或者距离子载波k一定偏移量的其他子载波上,其它N-1个子载波上的数据为0,然后对这个N个子载波上的数据进行IFFT变换。所以,可替换的,图4a中对时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行重复、相位旋转可以等效为对时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射、IFFT。具体的,该实现过程如图4b所示。
Because the repetition and phase rotation in Figure 4a can be equivalent to mapping the modulation data d l ′ to the k-th subcarrier or other subcarriers with a certain offset from the subcarrier k, the data on the other N-1 subcarriers is 0, and then IFFT transform the data on the N subcarriers. So, alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ in FIG. 4 a is repeated, and the phase rotation may be equivalent to performing frequency-domain resources on the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′. Mapping, IFFT. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 4b.
图4b为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4b所示,该发送数据的过程包括:将时域符号l′上传输的对调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射,得到长度为N的数据
其中,调制数据d
l′映射在子载波k位置上,除子载波k之外的其他N-1个子载波上的数据为0,即:
FIG. 4b is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4b, the process of sending data includes: performing frequency domain resources on the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′. Map to get data of length N The modulation data d l ′ is mapped on the position of the subcarrier k, and the data on the N-1 subcarriers except the subcarrier k is 0, that is:
其中,k'为子载波对应的索引号,是取值范围为0至N-1的整数。
Wherein, k ′ is an index number corresponding to a subcarrier, and is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1.
对长度为N的数据
进行N点IFFT变换得到长度为N的数据
For data of length N Perform N-point IFFT transform to get data of length N
发送数据s
l,0。
Send data s l, 0 .
或者,还可以描述为,对时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波得到长度为N的数据s
l,0,发送数据s
l,0。
Alternatively, it can also be described as : performing frequency-domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering on the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′ to obtain data s l, 0 of length N , and sending the data s l, 0 .
其中,k的相关描述可参照步骤301中所述,不再赘述。For the related description of k, refer to the description in step 301, which will not be repeated.
同步骤301中将调制数据映射到子载波的方式类似,图4b中也可以通过频域资源映射,将调制数据d
l′映射到偏移子载波k一定距离的其他子载波(如:子载波k+A或者子载波k+A
k)上,其中,A、A
k的相关描述可参照步骤301中所述,不再赘述。
Similar to the method of mapping the modulation data to the subcarriers in step 301, the modulation data d l ′ can also be mapped to other subcarriers (such as subcarriers) offset by a certain distance from the subcarrier k through frequency domain resource mapping in FIG. 4b. k + A or subcarrier k + A k ), where related descriptions of A and A k can be referred to in step 301 and will not be described again.
图4b实现中IFFT变换得到的输出数据同样可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如,IFFT变换的输出数据
中第t个时刻的数据
可以表示为:
The output data obtained by the IFFT transformation in the implementation of FIG. 4b can also be expressed in a continuous manner. For example, the output data of an IFFT transform Data at time t It can be expressed as:
其中,0≤t<T。Among them, 0≤t <T.
滤波操作的输出数据同样可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如,s
l,0中第t个时刻的数据s
l,0(t)可以表示为
可选的,offset可以为l×T或者
以
对
s
l,0(t)进行离散采样时,得 到的结果与离散表示形式的结果
s
l,0(n)是一致的。
The output data of the filtering operation can also be expressed in a continuous manner. For example, s l, s l 0 data in the t-th time, 0 (t) can be expressed as Optionally, the offset can be l × T or To Correct s l, 0 (t) The result obtained when performing discrete sampling and the result in discrete representation s l, 0 (n) is consistent.
需要说明的是,IFFT变换操作过程中还可以乘以常数N
scale来调整
的功率大小,如:
其中,N
scale可以是预定义的值,也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备。特殊的,N
scale=1等效于对d
l'×e
j2π×k×n/N不进行功率调整。
It should be noted that during the IFFT transform operation, it can also be adjusted by multiplying the constant N scale . Power level, such as: The N scale may be a predefined value, or may be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling. In particular, N scale = 1 is equivalent to no power adjustment for d l ′ × e j2π × k × n / N.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,IFFT只是一种傅里叶反变换的实现方式,不排除其他可能的实现。示例性的,IFFT也可以是离散傅里叶反变换(inverse discrete fourier transform,IDFT)。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, IFFT is only an implementation manner of inverse Fourier transform, and other possible implementations are not excluded. Exemplarily, the IFFT may also be an inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT).
如此,可以将待发送数据经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到时域数据,将时域数据经滤波以降低OOB,实现待发送数据的低OOB传输。In this way, the data to be transmitted can be obtained by time domain data mapping through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT, and the time domain data can be filtered to reduce OOB, and low OOB transmission of the data to be transmitted can be realized.
在本申请实施例中,频域资源映射以及滤波的顺序可以如图4a所示,也可以先滤波,再通过相位旋转操作等效调整调制数据映射的频域资源位置,不予限制。例如,图4c为本申请实施例提供的再一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4c所示,该发送数据的过程包括:将时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′经过N次重复后得到长度为N的数据
In the embodiment of the present application, the order of frequency domain resource mapping and filtering may be as shown in FIG. 4a, or filtering may be performed first, and then the frequency domain resource position of the modulation data mapping is adjusted by phase rotation operation equivalently, without limitation. For example, FIG. 4c is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4c, the process of sending data includes: passing the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ through N times. Repeat to get data of length N
或者,还可以描述为,对时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行重复、滤波、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
发送数据
Alternatively, it can also be described as: the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is repeated, filtered, and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. send data
其中,重复、相位旋转等操作可参照图3对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。如此,可以将待发送数据经过重复操作映射到时域符号上,将时域符号上的数据经过滤波降低数据的OOB,并将滤波后的数据经过相位旋转映射到相应的频域资源位置进行发送。For operations such as repetition and phase rotation, reference may be made to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again. In this way, the data to be transmitted can be mapped to time-domain symbols through repeated operations, the data on the time-domain symbols can be filtered to reduce the OOB of the data, and the filtered data can be mapped to the corresponding frequency-domain resource locations for transmission by phase rotation. .
图4a~图4c可以适用于各种场景,如:可以适用于调制数据为BPSK调制数据或者Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或者QPSK调制数据或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据的场景。尤其是调制数据d
l′为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,相邻时域符号上传输的调制数据间具有相位差,将该调制数据应用于本申请实施例提供的方法时,在进行滤波操作时可以减小了同向相加的概率,因此可以保证所发送的数据s
l,0的PAPR性能较好。
4a to 4c may be applicable to various scenarios, for example, it may be applicable to a scenario where the modulation data is BPSK modulation data or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or QPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data. Especially when the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, there is a phase difference between the modulation data transmitted on adjacent time-domain symbols, and the modulation data is applied to the embodiments of the present application. When the method is provided, the probability of adding in the same direction can be reduced when performing the filtering operation, so the PAPR performance of the transmitted data s l, 0 can be guaranteed to be better.
由上可知,调制数据d
l′为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或Pi/4-QPSK调制数据可以保证发送的数据具有良好的PAPR性能。因此,为了使发送数据具有良好的PAPR性能,可选地,当调制数据d
l′为BPSK调制数据时,可以对BPSK调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转,得到Pi/2-BPSK调制数据。当调制数据d
l′为QPSK调制数据时,可以对QPSK调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转,得到Pi/4-QPSK调制数据。对调制数据相位旋转后的Pi/2-BPSK调制数或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据执行重复、相位旋转、滤波得到发送数据s
l,0;或者,对调制数据相位旋转后的Pi/2-BPSK调制数或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据执行重复、滤波、相位旋转得到发送数据s
l,0;或者,对调制数据相位旋转后的Pi/2-BPSK调制数或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据 执行频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波得到发送数据s
l,0。具体的,该实现过程可参照图4d~图4f所示。
It can be known from the above that the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, which can ensure that the transmitted data has good PAPR performance. Therefore, in order to make the transmitted data have good PAPR performance, optionally, when the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK modulation data, the BPSK modulation data may be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data. When the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK modulation data, the QPSK modulation data may be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data. Perform repetition, phase rotation, and filtering on the Pi / 2-BPSK modulation number or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data after phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain transmission data s l, 0 ; or, Pi / 2- after phase rotation of the modulation data BPSK modulation number or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data is repeated, filtered, and phase rotated to obtain transmission data s l, 0 ; or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation number or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data after phase rotation of the modulation data Perform frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering to obtain the transmitted data s l, 0 . Specifically, this implementation process can be referred to FIGS. 4d to 4f.
图4d为本申请实施例提供的再一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4d所示,该发送数据的过程包括:时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′为BPSK调制数据或者QPSK调制数据,将时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行调制数据相位旋转,即将d
l'乘以调制数据相位因子
得到
FIG. 4d is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4d, the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on a time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulate the data, rotate the modulated data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, and multiply the modulated data phase factor by d l ′ get
其中,
为用于旋转调制数据d
l′的相位因子。当调制数据d
l'为BPSK调制数据时,
为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据,例如
或者
或者
或者
其中mod表示取模操作。当调制数据d
l'为QPSK调制数据时,
为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据,例如
或者
或者
或者
或者
或者
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,相位因子
不排除其他可能的实现方式。
among them, Is the phase factor used to rotate the modulation data d l ′ . When the modulation data d l ' is BPSK modulation data, Modulate data for Pi / 2-BPSK, for example or or or Where mod represents the modulus operation. When the modulation data d l ' is QPSK modulation data, Modulate data for Pi / 4-QPSK, for example or or or or or It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the phase factor Does not rule out other possible implementations.
对
进行重复、相位旋转、滤波得到发送数据s
l,0,发送数据s
l,0。
Correct Repeat, phase rotate, and filter to obtain the transmitted data s l, 0 and the transmitted data s l, 0 .
其中,图4d中所示重复、相位旋转、滤波的过程与图4a中相同,不再赘述。The process of repetition, phase rotation, and filtering shown in FIG. 4d is the same as that in FIG. 4a, and details are not described again.
图4e为本申请实施例提供的再一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4e所示,该发送数据的过程包括:时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′为BPSK调制数据或者QPSK调制数据,将时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行调制数据相位旋转,得到
FIG. 4e is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4e, the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulation data, the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain
对
进行频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波得到发送数据s
l,0,发送数据s
l,0。
Correct Perform frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering to obtain the transmitted data s l, 0 and the transmitted data s l, 0 .
其中,图4e中所示调制数据相位旋转的过程可参照图4d中的调制数据相位旋转过程,不再赘述。图4e中所示频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波与图4b中相同,不再赘述。The process of phase rotation of the modulation data shown in FIG. 4e can be referred to the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 4d, and details are not described herein again. The frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering shown in FIG. 4e are the same as those in FIG. 4b, and are not described again.
图4f为本申请实施例提供的再一种数据传输方法原理框图,如图4f所示,该发送数据的过程包括:时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′为BPSK调制数据或者QPSK调制数据,将时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′进行调制数据相位旋转,得到
FIG. 4f is a schematic block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4f, the process of sending data includes: modulation data d l ′ transmitted on a time domain symbol l ′ is BPSK modulation data or QPSK Modulation data, the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain
对
进行重复、滤波、相位旋转得到发送数据s
l,0,发送数据s
l,0。
Correct Repeat, filter, and rotate the phase to obtain the transmitted data s l, 0 and the transmitted data s l, 0 .
其中,图4f中所示调制数据相位旋转的过程可参照图4d中的调制数据相位旋转过程,不再赘述。图4f中所示重复、滤波、相位旋转与图4c中相同,不再赘述。The process of phase rotation of the modulation data shown in FIG. 4f can be referred to the process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 4d, and details are not described herein again. The repetition, filtering, and phase rotation shown in FIG. 4f are the same as those in FIG. 4c, and will not be described again.
在实际应用中,通信装置(如:终端设备或网络设备)在发送数据时可以经过功率放大器将数据信号放大后发送出去。由于不同通信装置的功率放大器(power amplifier,PA)的性能是不同的,在通信装置的PA的输入和输出之间的线性关系没有那么良好的情况下,通信装置发送的数据的PAPR越高,数据经过PA时受到的扭曲越严重,对发送的数据的OOB性能影响越大。因此,为了确保经过PA后的数据的低OOB性能,本申请实施例发送的数据还可以具有低PAPR性能。为了实现发送数据的低PAPR性能,图3所示方案还可以包括:In practical applications, a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device) can transmit a data signal after being amplified by a power amplifier when transmitting data. Because the performance of power amplifiers (PAs) of different communication devices is different, when the linear relationship between the input and output of the PA of the communication device is not so good, the PAPR of the data sent by the communication device is higher, The more severe the distortion of the data as it passes through the PA, the greater the impact on the OOB performance of the transmitted data. Therefore, in order to ensure the low OOB performance of the data after PA, the data sent in the embodiments of the present application may also have low PAPR performance. In order to achieve low PAPR performance of the transmitted data, the solution shown in FIG. 3 may further include:
根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,其中,M-1为大于或等于1的整数;
M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;
对于M-1个调制数据中的第m个调制数据d
l′,m,根据调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
其中,m是取值范围为1至M-1的整数;
For the M-1 data modulated in the m-th modulated data d l ', m, according to modulated data d l', m m-th channel to obtain data length N Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1;
根据
得到第m路输出数据s
l,m,其中,s
l,m的长度为N,s
l,m中第n个数据s
l,m(n)为
为
中第n个数据,C
m(n+offset-l′×N)是第m路滤波器系数C
m中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
according to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for In the n-th data, C m (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the m- th filter coefficient C m ;
根据s
l,0和s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l,发送s
l。如:
其中,s
l(n)为s
l中第n个数据。即将第0路输出数据s
l,0与其他多路输出数据s
l,m合并在一起得到输出数据s
l。
According s l, 0, and s l, m of length N resulting combined output data s l, sending s l. Such as: Wherein, s l (n) is the n th s l data. That is, the 0th output data s l, 0 is combined with other multiple output data s l, m to obtain the output data s l .
根据调制数据d
l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据
可参照上述根据调制数据d
l′,0得到长度为N的数据
的过程,如:将调制数据d
l′,m经过重复,或者重复、相位旋转得到第m路长度为N的数据
对调制数据d
l′,m进行相位旋转的过程与上述步骤301中对调制数据d
l′进行相位旋转的过程相同,可以为:根据相位因子
对d
l′,m进行相位旋转,得到所述
中第n个数据,不再赘述。
According to the modulation data d l ′, m , the data of the m-th path length is N The data of length N can be obtained by referring to the modulation data d l ′, 0 above. , Such as: repeating the modulation data d l ′, m , or repeating, and phase rotating to obtain the data of length m of path m The process of performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m is the same as the process of performing phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ in step 301, and may be: according to the phase factor Perform phase rotation on d l ′, m to obtain the The nth data is not described in detail.
需要说明的是,上述实现中第m路输出数据s
l,m也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如s
l,m中第t个时刻的数据s
l,m(t)为
其中,C
m(t+offset-l′×T)是第m路滤波器系数C
m中的第t+offset-l′×T个时刻的值。
It should be noted that, in the above implementation, the m-th output data s l, m may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For example , the data at time t in s l, m s l, m (t) is Among them, C m (t + offset−l ′ × T) is a value at the t + offset−l ′ × T times in the m -th filter coefficient C m .
根据s
l,0和s
l,m得到合并输出数据s
l,s
l中第t个时刻的数据s
l(t)可以为
示例性的,以
对s
l,m(t)和s
l(t)进行离散采样时,得到的结果分别与离散表示形式的结果s
l,m(n)和s
l(n)是一致的。
According s l, 0, and s l, m combined to obtain output data s l, s l t the first time data s l (t) may be Exemplary to When s l, m (t) and s l (t) are discretely sampled, the results obtained are consistent with the results of the discrete representations s l, m (n) and s l (n), respectively.
当对调制数据d
l′,m进行重复得到第m路长度为N的数据
时,根据s
l,0和s
l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l可以包括:对s
l,0、s
l,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的
根据旋转后的
和旋转后的
得到长度为N的合并输出数据s
l;或者,对数据s
l进行相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
发送
其中,相位旋转的过程可参照步骤303中对s
l,0进行相位旋转的过程,不再赘述。
When the modulation data d l ′, m is repeated to obtain the data of the m-th path length N , According to s l, 0 and s l, m to obtain the combined output data s l of length N may include: performing phase rotation on s l, 0 , s l, m to obtain the rotated According to the rotated And rotated Get the merged output data s l of length N; or, perform phase rotation on the data s l to obtain data of length N send For the process of phase rotation, refer to the process of performing phase rotation on s l, 0 in step 303, and details are not described herein again.
根据
得到第m路输出数据s
l,m可参照上述步骤302中根据
得到数据s
l,0的过程,不再赘述。
according to To obtain the m-th output data s l, m can refer to the above step 302 according to The process of obtaining the data s l, 0 is not repeated here.
可选地,M的取值可以是预定义的值;当本申请实施例中所示方法由终端设备执行时,M的取值也可以由网络设备通过信令配置给终端设备;或者,由终端设备根据需要进行设置,不予限制。可选的,M为1、或者2、或者3。Optionally, the value of M may be a predefined value; when the method shown in the embodiments of the present application is executed by a terminal device, the value of M may also be configured by the network device to the terminal device through signaling; or, The terminal device is set as required without restriction. Optionally, M is 1, or 2, or 3.
可选地,本申请实施例中,根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据的过程可称为调制数据预处理。示例性,第m个调制数据d
l′,m可以根据时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l'以及时域符号l′之前的一个或多个时域符号上传输的调制数据得到。如:当调制数据d
l′对应的调制方式是BPSK调制或者Pi/2-BPSK调制时,根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,可以包括:
Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, a process of obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ may be referred to as modulation data preprocessing. Exemplarily, the m-th modulation data d l ′, m may be obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and the modulation data transmitted on one or more time domain symbols before the time domain symbol l ′. For example, when the modulation method corresponding to the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK modulation or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , which may include:
根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1以及时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2,得到M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据d
l′,1,其中,M-1大于或等于1;和/或,
According to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-1, and the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-2 , M-1 modulation data is obtained. The first modulation data d l ′, 1 in which M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / or,
根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d
l′-2以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调 制数据d
l′-3,得到M-1个调制数据中的第2个调制数据d
l′,2,其中,M-1大于或等于2;和/或,
According to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-2 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-2, and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , M-1 modulation data is obtained. The second modulation data d l ′, 2 in which M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or,
根据调制数据d
l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d
l′-3,得到M-1个调制数据中的第3个调制数据d
l′,3,其中,M-1大于或等于3。
According to the modulation data d l ′ , the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-1, and the modulation data d l′-3 transmitted on the time-domain symbol l′-3 , M-1 modulation data are obtained. The third modulation data d l ′, 3 in which M-1 is greater than or equal to 3.
可选地,当调制数据d
l′对应的调制方式是QPSK调制或者Pi/4-QPSK调制时,根据调制数据d
l′得到M-1个调制数据,可以包括:
Optionally, when the modulation method corresponding to the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK modulation or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation, obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ may include:
根据调制数据d
l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d
l′-1得到M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据,其中,M-1大于或等于1。
According to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1, the first modulation data of the M-1 modulation data is obtained, where M-1 is greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,第m路滤波器系数C
m由C
0中的某些值确定。示例性的,当调制数据d
l′对应的调制方式是Pi/2-BPSK调制或者BPSK调制时,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定;和/或,
Optionally, the m-th filter coefficient C m is determined by some value in C 0 . Exemplarily, when the modulation method corresponding to the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation or BPSK modulation, the nth value C 1 (n) of the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficient C 0 of n values C 0 (n), n + 2N values of C 0 (n + 2N) are the filter coefficients C 0 and the values of n + N C 0 of the filter coefficient C 0 ( n + N) OK; and / or,
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+2N个值C
0(n+2N)以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定;和/或,
The second way the filter coefficients C in the n-th value C 2 2 (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 in the first n + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 is determined; and / or,
第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值C
3(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)以及滤波器系数C
0中的第n+3N个值C
0(n+3N)确定。
N values of the third passage C 3 C 3 filter coefficient (n) The filter coefficient C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 n + N values of C 0 (n + N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined.
当调制数据d
l′对应的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK调制或者QPSK调制时,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)、滤波器系数C
0中的第n+N个值C
0(n+N)确定。或者,
When the modulation method corresponding to the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation or QPSK modulation, the nth value C 1 (n) of the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the nth value of the filter coefficient C 0 The n values C 0 (n) and the n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) of the filter coefficients C 0 are determined. or,
当调制数据d
l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK时,滤波器系数C
0中的第n个值C
0(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n个值
确定;和/或,
When the modulated data d l 'modulation scheme is Pi / 4-QPSK QPSK or when the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n) The filter coefficient The nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determine; and / or,
第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值C
1(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n+N个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n个值
确定;和/或,
The nth value C 1 (n) in the first filter coefficient C 1 is based on the filter coefficients. N + Nth value in And filter coefficients The nth value in Determine; and / or,
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值C
2(n)根据滤波器系数
中的第n个值
以及滤波器系数
中的第n+N个值
确定。
The n-th value C 2 (n) in the second filter coefficient C 2 is based on the filter coefficient. The nth value in And filter coefficients N + Nth value in determine.
其中,C
0、
如步骤302中所述,不再赘述。
Among them, C 0 , As described in step 302, details are not described again.
如此,可以将多路数据合并得到时域符号发送的数据。由于第m路对应的调制数据和滤波器系数分别由第0路对应的调制数据和滤波器系数生成,多路数据合并后第m路对应的时域数据可以压低第0路对应的时域数据的较高峰值点,提高第0路对应的时域数据的较低峰值点,使合并后的时域数据的各个数据点的幅度大小的波动趋于平稳,所以,多路数据合并后得到的数据具有低PAPR的性能。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,M值越大,合并后得到的数据的PAPR可以越低,即合并的数据的路数越多,合并后得到的数据的PAPR可以越低。In this way, multiple channels of data can be combined to obtain data sent by time-domain symbols. Since the modulation data and filter coefficients corresponding to the m-th channel are generated by the modulation data and filter coefficients corresponding to the 0-th channel, the time-domain data corresponding to the m-th channel after the multi-channel data combination can be used to lower the time-domain data corresponding to the 0-th channel. The higher peak point of the channel is raised to the lower peak point of the time domain data corresponding to channel 0, so that the fluctuation of the amplitude of each data point of the merged time domain data is stabilized. The data has low PAPR performance. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the larger the M value, the lower the PAPR of the data obtained after merging, that is, the more the number of ways of the merged data, the lower the PAPR of the data obtained after the merging.
例如,如图5所示,为多路数据合并得到的数据的PAPR示意图,其中,图5中的纵坐标轴表示互补累计分布函数(complementary cumulative distribution function,CCDF),横坐标轴表示PAPR,①对应于采用Pi/2-BPSK调制,将生成的一路数据作为发送数据; ②对应于采用Pi/2-BPSK调制,将2路数据合并得到发送数据;③对应于采用Pi/4-QPSK调制,将生成的一路数据作为发送数据;④对应于采用Pi/4-QPSK调制,将3路数据合并得到发送数据。从图5中可以发现,采用Pi/2-BPSK调制时,将2路数据合并得到的发送数据的PAPR相比将一路数据作为发送数据的PAPR有1dB的增益;采用Pi/4-QPSK调制时,将3路数据合并得到的发送数据的PAPR相比将一路数据作为发送数据的PAPR有2dB的增益。For example, as shown in FIG. 5, it is a schematic diagram of the PAPR of the data obtained by merging multiple channels of data. In FIG. 5, the vertical axis represents the complementary cumulative distribution function (CCDF), and the horizontal axis represents PAPR. Corresponding to the use of Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, using the generated data as transmission data; ② Corresponding to using Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, combining the two channels of data to obtain the transmission data; ③ Corresponding to using Pi / 4-QPSK modulation, Take the generated data as transmission data; ④ Corresponding to the Pi / 4-QPSK modulation, combine the three data to obtain the transmission data. It can be found from Figure 5 that when using Pi / 2-BPSK modulation, the PAPR of the transmitted data obtained by combining the two channels of data has a gain of 1dB compared to the PAPR that uses one channel of data as the transmitting data; when using Pi / 4-QPSK modulation The PAPR of the transmitted data obtained by combining the three channels of data has a gain of 2 dB compared to the PAPR that uses one channel of data as the transmitted data.
下面结合图6~图13,以将4路数据合并处理得到发送数据为例,对上述方案进行说明。需要说明的是,除4路之外的其他多路数据合并处理得到发送数据的过程可参照图6~图13所述。The above solution will be described below with reference to FIGS. 6 to 13 by taking as an example the combined data of the four channels to obtain the transmitted data. It should be noted that, for a process of combining multiple channels of data other than four to obtain transmission data, reference may be made to FIG. 6 to FIG. 13.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图6所示,该处理包括:FIG. 6 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the process includes:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time-domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , and the modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2 , and the modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3. Modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n);
Combine the 0th data s l, 0 , the 1st data sl, 1 , the 2nd data sl2, and the 3rd data sl, 3 to obtain the output data sl , that is, sl The nth data: s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
需要说明的是,上述每路数据滤波时采用的k
2、k
1可以不同,也可以相同,不予限制。每路数据在滤波时k
2到k
1的取值范围与本路的滤波器系数的长度有关,如:第1路数据在滤波时k
2-k
1等于第1路滤波器系数C
1的长度L
1-1。
It should be noted that k 2 and k 1 used in the above-mentioned data filtering may be different or the same, and are not limited. The range of values of k 2 to k 1 for each channel of data during filtering is related to the length of the filter coefficient of this channel. For example, when the data of channel 1 is filtered, k 2 -k 1 is equal to that of filter coefficient C 1 of channel 1 . Length L 1 -1.
其中,图6中的重复、相位旋转和滤波的具体实现过程可参照图4a中所示,不再赘述。The specific implementation process of the repetition, phase rotation, and filtering in FIG. 6 can be referred to that shown in FIG. 4a and will not be described again.
图6中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如对于第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第t个时刻的数据为:
The filtered output data of No. 1 to No. 3 in FIG. 6 can be represented by continuous representation. For example, for the first data s l, 1 ; where the data at time t in s l, 1 is:
其中C
1(t+offset-l′×T)为C
1中的第t+offset-l′×T个时刻的值。
Where C 1 (t + offset-l ′ × T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ × T time in C 1 .
对于第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第t个时刻的数据为:
For the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the data at time t in s l, 2 is:
其中C
2(t+offset-l′×T)为C
2中的第t+offset-l′×T个时刻的值。
Where C 2 (t + offset-l ′ × T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ × T time in C 2 .
对于第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第t个时刻的数据为:
For the third channel data s l, 3 ; among them, the data at time t in s l, 3 is:
其中C
3(t+offset-l′×T)为C
3中的第t+offset-l′×T个时刻的值。
Where C 3 (t + offset-l ′ × T) is the value at the t + offset-l ′ × T time in C 3 .
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,s
l中第t个时刻的数据为:
The 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain output data s l, s l first The data at t moments are:
s
l(t)=s
l,0(t)+s
l,1(t)+s
l,2(t)+s
l,3(t);
s l (t) = s l, 0 (t) + s l, 1 (t) + s l, 2 (t) + s l, 3 (t);
以
对s
l,0(t),s
l,1(t),s
l,2(t),s
l,3(t)和s
l(t)进行离散采样时,得到的结果分别与离散的表示形式的结果s
l,0(n),s
l,1(n),s
l,2(n),s
l,3(n)和s
l(n)是一致的。
To When s l, 0 (t), s l, 1 (t), s l, 2 (t), s l, 3 (t), and s l (t) are discretely sampled, the results obtained are different from the discrete ones. The results of the representation s l, 0 (n), s l, 1 (n), s l, 2 (n), s l, 3 (n), and s l (n) are consistent.
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据时,一种可能的设计中,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1为:
When the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data, in one possible design, the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
d
l',1=-d
l'×d
l'-1/d
l'-2
d l ', 1 = -d l' × d l'-1 / d l'-2
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
d
l',2=-d
l'×d
l'-2/d
l'-3
d l ', 2 = -d l' × d l'-2 / d l'-3
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
d
l',3=-d
l'×d
l'-1/d
l'-3
d l ', 3 = -d l' × d l'-1 / d l'-3
又一种可能的设计中,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1为:
In another possible design, the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
d
l',1=d
l'×d
l'-2/d
l'-1
d l ', 1 = d l' × d l'-2 / d l'-1
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
d
l',2=d
l'×d
l'-3/d
l'-2
d l ', 2 = d l' × d l'-3 / d l'-2
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
d
l',3=d
l'×d
l'-3/d
l'-1。
d l ', 3 = d l' × d l'-3 / d l'-1 .
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据时,调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3是由时域符号l'上传输的调制数据d
l'以及时域符号l'前面若干个时域符号上传输的调制数据确定的。需要说明的是,确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3的方式包括但不限于上述两种可能的设计方式,例如根据上述两种实现方式等效得到的表达式也在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。
When the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data, the modulation data d l', 1 , d l ', 2 , d l', 3 are the modulation data d l ' transmitted on the time domain symbol l' And the modulation data transmitted on several time-domain symbols preceding the time-domain symbol l '. It should be noted that the manner of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 includes, but is not limited to, the above two possible design manners, for example, the equivalents obtained according to the above two implementation manners Expressions are also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,各路数据对应的调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2由d
l'及d
l'-1确定。下面以确定第1路数据、第2路数据对应的调制数据为例进行说明。例如,第1路数据的调制数据d
l′,1可以表示为d
l',1=d
l'·β
l',1,第2路数据的调制数据d
l',2可以表示为d
l',2=d
l'·β
l',2,其中,β
l',1、β
l',2由d
l'/d
l'-1确定,d
l'/d
l'-1有4种可能的取值。
When the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the modulation data d l', 1 and d l ', 2 corresponding to the data of each channel are determined by d l' and d l'-1 . The following describes the modulation data corresponding to the first channel data and the second channel data as an example for description. For example, the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first data can be expressed as d l ', 1 = d l' · β l ', 1 , and the modulation data d l', 2 of the second data can be expressed as d l ', 2 = d l' · β l ', 2 , where β l', 1 and β l ', 2 are determined by d l' / d l'-1 , and d l ' / d l'-1 has 4 Possible values.
一种可能的设计中,β
l',1、β
l',2与d
l'/d
l'-1间存在对应关系。如表1所示为β
l',1、β
l',2与d
l'/d
l'-1间的对应关系,可以通过查表1确定与d
l'/d
l'-1的取值对应的β
l',1与β
l',2,根据确定出的β
l',1与β
l',2确定d
l′,1、d
l′,2。
In a possible design, there is a correspondence between β l ', 1 , β l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 . Table 1 shows the correspondence between β l ', 1 , β l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 , which can be determined by checking Table 1 with d l' / d l'-1 . corresponding to the value β l ', 1 and β l', 2, in accordance with the determined β l ', 1 and β l', 2 determine d l ', 1, d l ', 2.
表1Table 1
又一种可能的设计中,β
l',1、β
l',2可以通过下述公式表示:
In another possible design, β l ', 1 and β l', 2 can be expressed by the following formula:
其中,(d
l'/d
l'-1)
*表示对d
l'/d
l'-1求共轭操作。
Among them, (d l ' / d l'-1 ) * represents a conjugate operation on d l' / d l'-1 .
可选地,当调制数据d
l'为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据时,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值为:
Optionally, when the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data, the n-th value in the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值为:
The n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值为:
The n-th value of the third filter coefficient C 3 is:
可选地,滤波器系数C
1的长度为(L
0-2)×N,滤波器系数C
2(n)的长度为(L
0-3)×N,滤波器系数C
3(n)的长度为(L
0-3)×N。
Optionally, the length of the filter coefficient C 1 is (L 0 -2) × N, the length of the filter coefficient C 2 (n) is (L 0 -3) × N, and the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (n) is The length is (L 0 -3) × N.
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值为:
When the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the n-th value of the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值为:
The n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n个值为:
The n-th value of the third filter coefficient C 3 is:
可选地,滤波器系数C
1的长度为(L
0-1)×N,滤波器系数C
2的长度为(L
0-1)×N。滤波器系数C
3的长度为(L
0-2)×N,其中,上述C
0、
如步骤302所述,不再赘述。
Optionally, the length of the filter coefficient C 1 is (L 0 -1) × N, and the length of the filter coefficient C 2 is (L 0 -1) × N. The length of the filter coefficient C 3 is (L 0 -2) × N, where C 0 , As described in step 302, details are not described again.
如果
与
这两个公式的计算结果比较接近,此时,当调制数据d
l'为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,第1路数据、第2路数据的滤波器系数C
1、C
2可以近似为同一滤波器系数。例如,如图6a所示,为滤波器系数示意图,其中,A对应的实线为第0路数据的滤波器系数,B对应的实线为第1路数据的滤波器系数C
1,C对应的实线为第2路数据的滤波器系数C
2,从图6a中可以看出,第1路数据的滤波器系数C
1与第2路数据的滤波器系数C
2比较接近,可以近似认为对应同一个滤波器。 所以,在本申请实施例中,为了降低运算复杂度,可以将第1路、第2路合并为一路调制数据,对合并后的调制数据进行重复、相位旋转、滤波等操作,如此,将原有的4路数据减少为3路数据,降低了计算复杂度。
in case versus The calculation results of these two formulas are relatively close. At this time, when the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the first channel data and the second channel data can be approximated as The same filter coefficient. For example, shown in Figure 6a, a schematic diagram of the filter coefficient, wherein, A solid line corresponding to the filter coefficient of the road data 0, B corresponding to the solid line shows the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel data, corresponding to C The solid line is the filter coefficient C 2 of the second channel of data. As can be seen from Figure 6a, the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel of data is close to the filter coefficient C 2 of the second channel of data, and can be approximated Corresponds to the same filter. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to reduce the computational complexity, the first channel and the second channel may be combined into one channel of modulation data, and operations such as repetition, phase rotation, and filtering are performed on the combined modulation data. Some 4-way data is reduced to 3-way data, which reduces the computational complexity.
示例性的,可以按照下述公式将第1路的调制数据d
l′,1、第2路的调制数据d
l′,2合并为一路数据的调制数据d
l′,1:
For example, the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first channel and the modulation data d l ′, 2 of the second channel may be combined into modulation data d l ′, 1 of one channel according to the following formula:
d
l',1=d
l'·(β
l',1+β
l',2),或者,
d l ', 1 = d l' · (β l ', 1 + β l', 2 ), or,
其中,||表示取模运算。Among them, || represents the modulo operation.
示例性的,将第1路和第2路合并后对应的滤波器系数可以为C
1,其中,C
1中的第n个值可以为:
Exemplarily, the corresponding filter coefficient after merging the first and second channels may be C 1 , where the n-th value in C 1 may be:
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据时,上述第1路至第3路滤波器系数可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如:第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第t个时刻的值为:
When the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data, the above-mentioned first to third filter coefficients may be expressed in a continuous manner. For example, the value of the t-th moment in the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel is:
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的t个时刻的值为:
The value of the time t in the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
第3路滤波器系数C
3中的t个时刻的值为:
The values of t times in the third filter coefficient C 3 are:
相应的,采取连续的表示方式表示时,滤波器系数C
0(t)的长度为L
0×T,滤波器系数C
1(t)的长度为(L
0-1)×T,滤波器系数C
2(t)的长度为(L
0-1)×T,滤波器系数C
3(t)的长度为(L
0-2)×T。
Correspondingly, when the continuous representation is adopted, the length of the filter coefficient C 0 (t) is L 0 × T, the length of the filter coefficient C 1 (t) is (L 0 -1) × T, and the filter coefficient The length of C 2 (t) is (L 0 -1) × T, and the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (t) is (L 0 -2) × T.
当调制数据d
l'为Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,上述第1路至第3路滤波器系数同样可以采用连续的表示方式来表示。例如,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的t个时刻的值为:
When the modulation data d l ' is Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the above-mentioned first to third filter coefficients can also be expressed in a continuous manner. For example, the value of t times in the filter coefficient C 1 of the first channel is:
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的t个时刻的值为:
The value of the time t in the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
第3路滤波器系数C
3中的t个时刻的值为:
The values of t times in the third filter coefficient C 3 are:
相应的,采用连续的表示方式表示时,滤波器系数C
0(t)的长度为L
0×T,滤波器系数C
1(t)的长度为(L
0-2)T,滤波器系数C
2(t)的长度为(L
0-3)T,滤波器系数C
3(t)的长度为(L
0-3)T。
Correspondingly, when expressed in a continuous manner, the length of the filter coefficient C 0 (t) is L 0 × T, the length of the filter coefficient C 1 (t) is (L 0 -2) T, and the filter coefficient C The length of 2 (t) is (L 0 -3) T, and the length of the filter coefficient C 3 (t) is (L 0 -3) T.
当将第1路和第2路合并后对应的滤波器系数作为C
1时,其中,C
1中的t个时刻的值可以为:
When the filter coefficients corresponding to the first channel and the second channel are combined as C 1 , the values of t times in C 1 may be:
以
对C
1(t),C
2(t),和C
3(t)进行离散采样时,得到的结果分别与离散表示形式的结果C
1(n),C
2(n),和C
1(n)是一致的。
To When discrete sampling of C 1 (t), C 2 (t), and C 3 (t), the results obtained are compared with the results of the discrete representations C 1 (n), C 2 (n), and C 1 ( n) are consistent.
在图6所示方法中,可以将多路数据经过重复、相位旋转、滤波处理后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 6, multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and sent after being subjected to repetition, phase rotation, and filtering. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图7所示,该处理过程可以包括:FIG. 7 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the processing process may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is subjected to modulation data pre-processing to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , and the modulation data d l ′, 1 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2. The modulation data d l ′, 2 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is subjected to modulation data pre-processing to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3. The modulation data d l ′, 3 is subjected to frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
Combine the 0th data s l, 0 , the 1st data sl, 1 , the 2nd data sl2, and the 3rd data sl, 3 to obtain the output data sl , that is, sl The nth data:
s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n);
s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
其中,图7中的频域资源映射、IFFT和滤波的具体实现过程可参照图4b对应的实施例中所示,不再赘述。图7中确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图6对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of the frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering in FIG. 7 can be referred to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4b, and will not be described again. The process of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 7 may be described with reference to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. More details.
图7中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 7 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图7所示方法中,可以将多路数据经过频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波处理后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。 同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 7, multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and sent after being processed in frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图8所示,该过程可以包括:FIG. 8 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the process may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0,对第0路数据s
l,0进行相位旋转得到第0路数据
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Filter to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 , and perform phase rotation on the 0th data sl, 0 to obtain the 0th data
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1,对第1路数据s
l,1进行相位旋转得到第1路数据
其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 1 , and the modulated data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 , and perform phase rotation on the first data s l, 1 to obtain the first data Among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2,对第2路数据s
l,2进行相位旋转得到第2路数据
其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 2 , and the modulated data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 , and perform phase rotation on the second data s l, 2 to obtain the second data Among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3,对第3路数据s
l,3进行相位旋转得到第3路数据
其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , and modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 , and perform phase rotation on the third data s l, 3 to obtain the third data Among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据
第1路数据
第2路数据
第3路数据
进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
The 0th data 1st data 2nd data 3rd data Are merged to obtain output data s l, s l i.e. n-th data:
其中,图8中的重复、滤波、相位旋转的具体实现过程可参照图4c对应的实施例中所示,不再赘述。图8中确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图6对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of repetition, filtering, and phase rotation in FIG. 8 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4c, and will not be described again. FIG 8 is determined in a modulated data d l ', 1, d l ', 2, d l ', 3 and the filter coefficients C 1, C 2, C 3 may be the process of FIG. 6 corresponds to the embodiment with reference to embodiments, not More details.
图8中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 8 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图8所示方法中,可以将多路数据经过重复、滤波、相位旋转后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多 路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 8, multiple channels of data may be added, combined, and transmitted after being repeated, filtered, and rotated in phase. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining the multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of each point of the data stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图9所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 9 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 9, the method may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 1 , and the modulated data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulated data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain modulated data d l ′, 2 , and the modulated data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
Modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , and modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
The 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain data s l, i.e. s l first n data:
s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n);
s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
其中,图9中的重复、滤波具体实现过程可参照图3对应的实施例中所示的重复、滤波过程,不再赘述。图9中对相加合并后的数据进行相位旋转的过程可参照步骤303中对数据s
l,0进行相位旋转的过程,不再赘述。图9中确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图6对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of the repetition and filtering in FIG. 9 can be referred to the repetition and filtering process shown in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. The process of performing phase rotation on the added and merged data in FIG. 9 may refer to the process of performing phase rotation on the data s l, 0 in step 303, which is not described again. The process of determining the modulation data d l ′ ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 9 may be described in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. More details.
图9中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 9 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图9所示方法中,可以将多路数据经过重复、滤波后进行相加合并,将相加合并后的数据经过相位旋转发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 9, multiple channels of data may be repeated and filtered for addition and combination, and the added and combined data may be sent through phase rotation. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图6~图9可以适用于各种场景,如:可以适用于调制数据为BPSK调制数据或者 Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或者QPSK调制数据或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据的场景。尤其是调制数据d
l′为Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或Pi/4-QPSK调制数据时,可以保证每路数据的PAPR性能较好,其原因如前所述,不再赘述。因此,为了使每路数据具有良好的PAPR性能,可选地,当调制数据为BPSK调制数据时,可以对BPSK调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转,得到Pi/2-BPSK调制数据。当调制数据为QPSK调制数据时,可以对QPSK调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转,得到Pi/4-QPSK调制数据。然后,再对调制数据相位旋转后的Pi/2-BPSK调制数据或者Pi/4-QPSK调制数据执行其他相应操作。具体的,如图10~图13所示。
6 to 9 may be applicable to various scenarios, for example, it may be applicable to a scenario where the modulation data is BPSK modulation data or Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or QPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data. In particular, when the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data, the PAPR performance of each channel of data can be guaranteed to be good. The reason is as described above and will not be described again. Therefore, in order to make each channel of data have good PAPR performance, optionally, when the modulation data is BPSK modulation data, the BPSK modulation data can be phase-rotated to obtain Pi / 2-BPSK modulation data. When the modulation data is QPSK modulation data, the QPSK modulation data can be subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain Pi / 4-QPSK modulation data. Then, perform other corresponding operations on the Pi / 2-BPSK modulated data or Pi / 4-QPSK modulated data after the phase of the modulated data is rotated. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 10 to FIG. 13.
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图10所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 10 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的调制数据d
l′,将旋转后的d
l′进行重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated modulation data d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeated and phase rotated to obtain Data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的调制数据d
l′,1,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,1经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 , and the modulation data d l ′, 1 is rotated by the phase of the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 . Data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N after phase rotation Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的调制数据d
l′,2,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,2经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2. The modulation data d l ′, 2 is rotated by the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 . Data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N after phase rotation Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的调制数据d
l′,3,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,3经过重复、相位旋转得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 , and the modulation data d l ′, 3 is rotated by the phase of the modulation data to obtain the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 . Data d l ′, 3 are repeated and phase rotated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
Combine the 0th data s l, 0 , the 1st data sl, 1 , the 2nd data sl2, and the 3rd data sl, 3 to obtain the output data sl , that is, sl The nth data:
s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n)。
s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n).
其中,各路调制数据经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的调制数据的实现过程可参照图4d对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。图10中的重复、相位旋转和滤波的具体实现过程可参照图4a对应的实施例中所示,不再赘述。The implementation process of the modulated data obtained by rotating the modulated data through phase rotation of the modulated data can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4d, and will not be described again. The specific implementation process of the repetition, phase rotation, and filtering in FIG. 10 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4a, and will not be described again.
图10中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 10 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
其中,在图6中,各路调制数据可以根据调制数据d
l'以及其他时域符号上传输的调制 数据确定。示例性的,当调制数据d
l'为BPSK调制数据时,一种可能的设计中,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1为:
Among them, in FIG. 6, each channel of modulation data may be determined according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data transmitted on other time-domain symbols. Exemplarily, when the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK modulation data, in a possible design, the modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 1 as:
d
l',1=-d
l'×d
l'-1×d
l'-2×j
d l ', 1 = -d l' × d l'-1 × d l'-2 × j
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 2 as follows:
d
l',2=-d
l'×d
l'-2×d
l'-3×j
d l ', 2 = -d l' × d l'-2 × d l'-3 × j
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3为:
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed to obtain the modulation data d l ′, 3 :
d
l',3=-d
l'×d
l'-1×d
l'-3
d l ', 3 = -d l' × d l'-1 × d l'-3
其中,本申请实施例中,j为虚数单位。In the embodiment of the present application, j is an imaginary unit.
由上可知,调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3可以是由时域符号l'上传输的调制数据d
l'以及时域符号l'前面若干个时域符号的调制数据确定的。需要说明的是,确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3的方式包括但不限于上述可能的设计方式,例如根据上述两种实现方式等效得到的表达式也在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。
It can be known from the above that the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 may be the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′ and several time domains before the time domain symbol l ′. The modulation data of the symbol is determined. It should be noted that the manner of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 includes, but is not limited to, the possible design manners described above, such as the expressions obtained equivalently according to the above two implementation manners It is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
示例性的,当调制数据d
l'为QPSK调制数据时,各路数据对应的调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2可以由d
l'及d
l'-1确定。下面以确定第1路数据对应的调制数据、以及第2路数据对应的调制数据为例进行说明。例如,第1路数据的调制数据d
l′,1可以表示为d
l',1=d
l'·β
l',1,第2路数据的调制数据d
l',2可以表示为d
l',2=d
l'·β
l',2,其中,β
l',1、β
l',2由d
l'/d
l'-1确定,d
l'/d
l'-1有4种可能的取值。
Exemplarily, when the modulation data d l ' is QPSK modulation data, the modulation data d l', 1 and d l ', 2 corresponding to the data of each channel may be determined by d l' and d l'-1 . The following describes the modulation data corresponding to the first channel data and the modulation data corresponding to the second channel data as an example for description. For example, the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first data can be expressed as d l ', 1 = d l' · β l ', 1 , and the modulation data d l', 2 of the second data can be expressed as d l ', 2 = d l' · β l ', 2 , where β l', 1 and β l ', 2 are determined by d l' / d l'-1 , and d l ' / d l'-1 has 4 Possible values.
一种可能的设计中,β
l',1、β
l',2与d
l'/d
l'-1间存在对应关系,该对应关系可以是预配置的,也可以是由网络设备通过信令为终端设备配置的。如表2所示,为β
l',1、β
l',2与d
l'/d
l'-1间的对应关系表,可以通过表1确定与d
l'/d
l'-1的取值对应的β
l',1与β
l',2,根据确定出的β
l',1与β
l',2确定d
l′,1、d
l′,2。
In a possible design, there is a corresponding relationship between β l ', 1 , β l', 2 and d l ' / d l'-1 , and the corresponding relationship may be pre-configured or may be transmitted by a network device through a signal. The command is configured for the terminal device. As shown in Table 2 for β l ', 1, β l ', 2 and d l '/ d correspondence table between l'-1, d l may be determined from Table 1' / d l'-1 of The values corresponding to β l ', 1 and β l', 2 are determined according to the determined β l ', 1 and β l', 2, and d l ′, 1 and d l ′, 2 are determined .
表2Table 2
又一种可能的设计中,β
l',1、β
l',2可以通过下述公式表示:
In another possible design, β l ', 1 and β l', 2 can be expressed by the following formula:
其中,(d
l'/d
l'-1×e
jπ/4)
*表示对d
l'/d
l'-1×e
jπ/4求共轭操作。
Among them, (d l ' / d l'-1 × e jπ / 4 ) * represents a conjugate operation of d l' / d l'-1 × e jπ / 4 .
其中,图10中确定滤波器系数的过程可参照图6中相应的描述,如:当调制数据d
l'为QPSK调制数据时,第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n个值为:
The process for determining the filter coefficients in FIG. 10 can be referred to the corresponding description in FIG. 6. For example, when the modulation data d l ′ is QPSK modulation data, the n-th value of the first filter coefficient C 1 is:
第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n个值为:
The n-th value of the second filter coefficient C 2 is:
如果
与
这两个公式的计算结果比较接近,当调制数据d
l'为QPSK调制数据时,第1路数据、第2路数据的滤波器系数C
1、C
2可以近似为同一滤波器系数C
1,其中,C
1中的第n个值可以为:
in case versus The calculation results of these two formulas are relatively close. When the modulation data d l ' is QPSK modulation data, the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the first channel data and the second channel data can be approximated to the same filter coefficient C 1 , Among them, the nth value in C 1 can be:
因第1路数据、第2路数据的滤波器系数C
1、C
2可以近似为同一滤波器系数C
1,所以,在本申请实施例中,为了降低运算复杂度,可以将第1路、第2路合并为一路调制数据,对合并后的调制数据进行重复、相位旋转、滤波等操作,如此,将原有的4路数据减少为3路数据,降低了计算复杂度。示例性的,可以按照下述公式将第1路的调制数据d
l′,1、第2路的调制数据d
l′,2合并为一路数据的调制数据d
l′,1:
Because the filter coefficients C 1 and C 2 of the data of the first channel and the data of the second channel can be approximated by the same filter coefficient C 1 , in the embodiment of the present application, in order to reduce the computational complexity, the The second channel is combined into one channel of modulation data, and operations such as repetition, phase rotation, and filtering are performed on the combined modulation data. In this way, the original four channels of data are reduced to three channels of data, which reduces the computational complexity. For example, the modulation data d l ′, 1 of the first channel and the modulation data d l ′, 2 of the second channel may be combined into modulation data d l ′, 1 of one channel according to the following formula:
d
l',1=d
l'·(β
l',1+β
l',2),或者,
d l ', 1 = d l' · (β l ', 1 + β l', 2 ), or,
其中,||表示取模运算。Among them, || represents the modulo operation.
在图10所示方法中,可以将多路调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转后,对旋转后的调制数据进行重复、相位旋转、滤波处理后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 10, after the multi-channel modulation data is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data, the rotated modulation data is repeated, phase rotated, filtered, added, combined, and transmitted. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domain The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图11所示,可以包括:FIG. 11 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, it may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,将旋转后的d
l′经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is obtained through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT. Data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,1,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,1经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 gets data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,2,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,2经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2. The modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 get data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,3,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,3经过频域资源映射、IFFT得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 obtains data of length N through frequency domain resource mapping and IFFT Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
Combine the 0th data s l, 0 , the 1st data sl, 1 , the 2nd data sl2, and the 3rd data sl, 3 to obtain the output data sl , that is, sl The nth data:
s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n)。
s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n).
其中,图11中的频域资源映射、IFFT和滤波的具体实现过程可参照图4b对应的实施例中所示,不再赘述。图11中确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图10对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。图11中调制数据相位旋转的过程可参照图10中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of the frequency domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering in FIG. 11 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4b, and will not be described again. The process of determining the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 in FIG. 11 may be described with reference to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 10. More details. The process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 11 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be repeated.
图11中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 11 and the output data of the merge processing may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图11所示方法中,可以将多路调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转后,对旋转后的调制数据进行频域资源映射、IFFT、滤波处理后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 11, after multi-channel modulation data is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data, frequency-domain resource mapping, IFFT, and filtering processing are performed on the rotated modulation data, and then they are added, combined, and transmitted. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图12所示,包括:FIG. 12 is a principle block diagram of another data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12, the method includes:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,将旋转后的d
l′经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0,对第0路数据s
l,0进行相位旋转得到第0路数据
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeatedly obtained to obtain data of length N. Correct Filter to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 , and perform phase rotation on the 0th data sl, 0 to obtain the 0th data
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,1,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,1经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1,对第1路数据s
l,1进行相位旋转得到第1路数据
其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 , and perform phase rotation on the first data s l, 1 to obtain the first data Among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,2,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,2经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2,对第2路数据s
l,2进行相位旋转得到第2路数据
其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个 数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2. The modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 , and perform phase rotation on the second data s l, 2 to obtain the second data Among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,3,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,3经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3,对第3路数据s
l,3进行相位旋转得到第3路数据
其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 , and perform phase rotation on the third data s l, 3 to obtain the third data Among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据
第1路数据
第2路数据
第3路数据
进行合并处理,得到输出数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
The 0th data 1st data 2nd data 3rd data Are merged to obtain output data s l, s l i.e. n-th data:
其中,图12中的重复、滤波、相位旋转的具体实现过程可参照图4c对应的实施例中所示,不再赘述。图12中调制数据预处理确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图6对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。图12中调制数据相位旋转的过程可参照图10中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of repetition, filtering, and phase rotation in FIG. 12 can be referred to in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4c, and will not be described again. FIG 12 is pre-determined modulation data modulated data d l ', 1, d l ', 2, d l ', 3 and the filter coefficients C 1, C process 2, C 3 may refer to FIG. 6 corresponding to Example I will not repeat them. The process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 12 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be repeated.
图12中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 12 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图12所示方法中,可以将多路调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转后,对旋转后的调制数据进行重复、滤波、相位旋转后相加合并发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 12, after the multi-channel modulation data is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data, the rotated modulation data is repeated, filtered, added after phase rotation, combined, and transmitted. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输方法的原理框图,如图13所示,可以包括:FIG. 13 is a principle block diagram of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the method may include:
对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,将旋转后的d
l′经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第0路数据s
l,0;
For the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, the modulation data d l ′ is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data to obtain rotated d l ′ , and the rotated d l ′ is repeatedly obtained to obtain data of length N. Correct Perform filtering to obtain the 0th data s l, 0 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,1,将调制数据d
l′,1经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,1,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,1经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第1路数据s
l,1;其中,s
l,1中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
1(n+offset-l′×N)是第1路滤波器系数C
1中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 1 , the modulation data d l ′, 1 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 1 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 1 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the first data s l, 1 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 1 for In the nth data, C 1 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the first filter coefficient C 1 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,2,将调制数据d
l′,2经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,2,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,2经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第2路数据s
l,2;其中,s
l,2中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
2(n+offset-l′×N)是第2路滤波器系数C
2中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 2. The modulation data d l ′, 2 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 2 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 2 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the second data s l, 2 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 2 for In the nth data, C 2 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the second filter coefficient C 2 ;
将调制数据d
l′经过调制数据预处理得到调制数据d
l′,3,将调制数据d
l′,3经过调制数据相位旋转得到旋转后的d
l′,3,将旋转后的调制数据d
l′,3经过重复得到长度为N的数据
对
进行滤波得到第3路数据s
l,3;其中,s
l,3中第n个数据
为
中第n个数据,C
3(n+offset-l′×N)是第3路滤波器系数C
3中的第n+offset-l′×N个值;
The modulation data d l ′ is preprocessed by the modulation data to obtain modulation data d l ′, 3 , the modulation data d l ′, 3 is phase-rotated to obtain the rotated d l ′, 3 , and the rotated modulation data d l ′, 3 is repeated to obtain data of length N Correct Perform filtering to obtain the third data s l, 3 ; among them, the nth data in s l, 3 for In the nth data, C 3 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the third filter coefficient C 3 ;
将第0路数据s
l,0、第1路数据s
l,1、第2路数据s
l,2、第3路数据s
l,3进行合并处理,得到数据s
l,即s
l中第n个数据:
The 0-th channel data s l, 0, 1 channel data s l, 1, the second way data s l, 2, third channel data s l, 3 are merged to obtain data s l, i.e. s l first n data:
s
l(n)=s
l,0(n)+s
l,1(n)+s
l,2(n)+s
l,3(n);
s l (n) = s l, 0 (n) + s l, 1 (n) + s l, 2 (n) + s l, 3 (n);
其中,图13中的重复、滤波的具体实现过程可参照图3对应的实施例中重复、滤波的过程,不再赘述。图13中对相加合并后的数据进行相位旋转的过程可参照步骤303中对数据s
l进行相位旋转的过程,不再赘述。图13中调制数据预处理确定调制数据d
l′,1、d
l′,2、d
l′,3以及滤波器系数C
1、C
2、C
3的过程可参照图6对应的实施例中所述,不再赘述。图13中调制数据相位旋转的过程可参照图10中所述,不再赘述。
The specific implementation process of the repetition and filtering in FIG. 13 can be referred to the repetition and filtering process in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 3, and details are not described herein again. 13 to process the added data may be combined phase rotation data s l with reference to the process phase rotation step 303, it will not be repeated. The process of the modulation data pre-processing in FIG. 13 to determine the modulation data d l ′, 1 , d l ′, 2 , d l ′, 3 and the filter coefficients C 1 , C 2 , C 3 may refer to the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 6. I will not repeat them. The process of phase rotation of the modulation data in FIG. 13 can be referred to the description in FIG. 10 and will not be described again.
图12中第1路至第3路滤波后的输出数据以及合并处理的输出数据也可以采用连续的表示方式来表示,具体参考图6中的实现,这里不在赘述。The filtered output data of the first to third channels in FIG. 12 and the output data of the merging process may also be expressed in a continuous manner. For details, refer to the implementation in FIG. 6, and details are not described herein.
在图13所示方法中,可以将多路调制数据进行调制数据相位旋转后,对旋转后的调制数据进行重复、滤波后进行相加合并,将相加合并后的数据经过相位旋转发送出去。每路数据在处理过程中可以不添加CP,每个时域符号的长度均为N,当采用本申请实施例提供的滤波方式对每路数据进行滤波操作时,可以将k2-k1+1个时域符号的第n个数据点乘对应的滤波器系数后相加合并得到该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据,即该路待发送的数据中的第n个数据与其他时域符号的第n个数据相关,降低数据的OOB。同时,将多路数据进行合并处理可以压低数据的较高峰值点,提高数据的较低峰值点,使数据的各个点的峰值区域平稳,保证数据的低PAPR性能。In the method shown in FIG. 13, after multi-channel modulation data is subjected to phase rotation of the modulation data, the rotated modulation data is repeated, filtered, and added and combined, and the added and combined data is sent through phase rotation. During the processing of each channel of data, no CP is added, and the length of each time-domain symbol is N. When filtering is performed on each channel of data using the filtering method provided in the embodiment of the present application, k2-k1 + 1 The n-th data point of the time-domain symbol is multiplied by the corresponding filter coefficient, and then added and combined to obtain the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road, that is, the n-th data in the data to be sent on the road and other time domains The nth data of the symbol is correlated, reducing the OOB of the data. At the same time, combining multiple channels of data can reduce the higher peak points of the data, increase the lower peak points of the data, make the peak areas of the data points stable, and ensure the low PAPR performance of the data.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例涉及的重复、相位旋转、IFFT、滤波等操作得到的输出数据为时域数据,可以如前面所述采用离散的表示方式(即离散的表达式)得到各操作的输出数据,也可以采用连续的表示方式得到各操作的输出数据。当采用连续的表示方式得到各操作的输出数据时,可以换将离散的表达式中的离散索引(比如n)替换为连续索引t,将离散数据长度N替换为时间长度T,其中T=N×T
s。
It should be noted that the output data obtained by the operations such as repetition, phase rotation, IFFT, and filtering involved in the embodiments of the present application is time-domain data, and each operation can be obtained by using a discrete representation (that is, a discrete expression) as described above You can also use continuous representation to get the output data of each operation. When continuous output is used to obtain the output data of each operation, the discrete index (such as n) in the discrete expression can be replaced by the continuous index t, and the discrete data length N can be replaced by the time length T, where T = N × T s .
上述主要整个数据传输过程对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,终端设备或网络设备为了实现上述功能,其包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不 应认为超出本申请实施例的范围。The above main entire data transmission process introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that, in order to implement the foregoing functions, the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware structure and / or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is performed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but this implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对执行本方法的通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the functional modules of the communication device executing the method according to the foregoing method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. . The above integrated modules may be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
图14示出了通信装置的一种可能的组成示意图,该通信装置可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的功能模块或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上***;还可以为网络设备或者网络设备中的功能模块或者网络设备中的芯片或片上***。如图14所示,该通信装置可以包括:第一数据处理单元140,第二数据处理单元141,发送单元142;FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a possible composition of a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal device or a functional module in the terminal device or a chip or a system on a chip in the terminal device; it may also be a network device or a function in a network device. A chip or system-on-chip in a module or network device. As shown in FIG. 14, the communication device may include: a first data processing unit 140, a second data processing unit 141, and a sending unit 142;
第一数据处理单元140,用于对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d
l′,根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
其中,l′为整数;根据调制数据d
l′得到长度为N的数据
包括:对调制数据d
l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行频域资源映射和IFFT,得到长度为N的数据
或者,对调制数据d
l′进行重复,得到长度为N的数据
例如,第一数据处理单元140用于支持通信装置执行步骤301。
The first data processing unit 140 is configured to obtain data of length N according to the modulation data d l ′ for the modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′. Where l ′ is an integer; data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Including: performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Or, perform frequency-domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N Alternatively, the modulation data d l ′ is repeated to obtain data of length N. For example, the first data processing unit 140 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 301.
第二数据处理单元141,用于根据
得到时域符号l上传输的数据s
l,0,其中,s
l,0的长度为N,s
l,0中第n个数据s
l,0(n)为
其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数,
为
中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C
0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C
0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值。例如,第二数据处理单元141用于支持通信装置执行步骤302。
A second data processing unit 141, configured to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 value. For example, the second data processing unit 141 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 302.
发送单元142,用于发送数据s
l,0。例如,发送单元142用于支持通信装置执行步骤303。
The sending unit 142 is configured to send data s l, 0 . For example, the sending unit 142 is configured to support the communication device to perform step 303.
需要说明的是,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。本申请实施例提供的通信装置,用于执行上述数据收集方法,因此可以达到与上述数据收集方法相同的效果。It should be noted that all relevant content of each step involved in the foregoing method embodiments can be referred to the functional description of the corresponding functional module, and will not be repeated here. The communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application is configured to execute the foregoing data collection method, and therefore, the same effect as the foregoing data collection method can be achieved.
又一种可能的组成方式中,上述通信装置可以为包括处理模块和通信模块的通信装置,其中,该通信装置以芯片的产品形态存在,处理模块可以集成第一数据处理单元140,第二数据处理单元141的功能,通信模块可以集成发送单元142的功能。例如,处理模块用于支持该装置执行步骤301、步骤302以及本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信模块用于支持装置与其他网络实体的通信,例如与图1示出的功能模块或网络实体之间的通信。该装置还可以包括存储模块,用于存储装置的程序代码和数据。In another possible composition manner, the foregoing communication device may be a communication device including a processing module and a communication module, wherein the communication device exists in the form of a chip product, and the processing module may integrate the first data processing unit 140 and the second data The function of the processing unit 141 and the communication module may integrate the function of the sending unit 142. For example, the processing module is used to support the apparatus to perform steps 301, 302, and other processes of the techniques described herein. The communication module is used to support communication between the device and other network entities, such as communication with the functional module or network entity shown in FIG. 1. The device may further include a storage module for storing program code and data of the device.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的装置可以为图2所示通信装置。The processing module may be a processor or a controller. It may implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. A processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface. The memory module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the device involved in this embodiment of the present application may be the communication device shown in FIG. 2.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述 功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above functional modules is used as an example. In practical applications, the above functions can be allocated as required. Completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be divided. The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, which may be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple different places. . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objective of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each of the units may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional unit.
本申请实施例提供的方法中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,简称DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机可以存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,简称DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,SSD)等。The methods provided in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present invention are wholly or partially generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, a network device, a user equipment, or another programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless) (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, and the like that includes one or more available medium integration. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, an SSD), or the like.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this. Any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the present application shall be covered in the implementation of the present application. Cases are within the scope of protection. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (17)
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, characterized in that the method includes:对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d l′,根据所述调制数据d l′得到长度为N的数据 其中,l′为整数; For modulation data d l ′ transmitted on the time domain symbol l ′, data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ Where l ′ is an integer;根据所述 得到时域符号l上传输的数据s l,0,其中,s l,0的长度为N,s l,0中第n个数据s l,0(n)为 其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数, 为 中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C 0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C 0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值; According to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 value;发送所述数据s l,0; Sending the data s l, 0 ;其中,所述根据调制数据d l′得到长度为N的数据 包括: Wherein, the data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ . include:对所述调制数据d l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述长度为N的数据 或者, Performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N or,对所述调制数据d l′进行频域资源映射和快速傅里叶反变换IFFT,得到所述长度为N的数据 或者, Performing frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N or,
- 根据权利要求1所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述对所述调制数据d l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述长度为N的数据 包括: The data transmission method according to claim 1, wherein the modulation data d l ' is repeatedly and phase-rotated to obtain the data of length N include:
- 根据权利要求1所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,当对所述调制数据d l′进行重复,得到所述长度为N的数据 时,所述发送数据s l,0包括: The data transmission method according to claim 1, characterized in that when the modulation data d l ' is repeated, data of length N is obtained When the sending data s 1,0 includes:
- 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The data transmission method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the method further comprises:根据所述调制数据d l′得到M-1个调制数据,其中,M-1为大于或等于1的整数; M-1 modulation data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ , where M-1 is an integer greater than or equal to 1;对于所述M-1个调制数据中的第m个调制数据d l′,m,根据所述调制数据d l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据 其中,m是取值范围为1至M-1的整数; For the m-th modulation data d l ′, m of the M-1 modulation data, according to the modulation data d l ′, m , data of m-th path length N is obtained Where m is an integer ranging from 1 to M-1;根据所述 得到第m路输出数据s l,m,其中,s l,m的长度为N,s l,m中第n个数据s l,m(n)为 为 中第n个数据,C m(n+offset-l′×N)是第m路滤波器系数C m中的第n+offset-l′×N个值; According to To obtain a first output data m s l, m, where, s l, m of length N, s l, m in the n-th data s l, m (n) is for In the n-th data, C m (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N values in the m- th filter coefficient C m ;所述发送数据s l,0包括:根据所述s l,0和所述s l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s l,发送所述s l,所述s l中第n个数据 The sending data s l, 0 includes: obtaining the combined output data s l of length N according to the s l, 0 and the s l, m , and sending the s l , the n-th data in the s l其中,所述根据调制数据d l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据 包括: Wherein, according to the modulation data d l ′, m, the m- th path length N data is obtained. include:对所述调制数据d l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 或者, Performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain data of the m-th path length N or,对所述调制数据d l′,m进行频域资源映射和IFFT,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 或者, Performing frequency-domain resource mapping and IFFT on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain the data of the m-th path length N or,
- 根据权利要求4所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述对所述调制数据d l′,m进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 包括: The data transmission method according to claim 4, characterized in that said modulation data d l ', m is repeated and phase-rotated to obtain said m-th path data of length N include:
- 根据权利要求4所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,当对所述调制数据d l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 时,根据所述s l,0和所述s l,m得到长度为N的合并输出数据s l包括: The data transmission method according to claim 4, characterized in that when the modulation data d l ', m is repeated, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained When obtaining the combined output data s l of length N according to the s l, 0 and the s l, m includes:
- 根据权利要求4所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,当对所述调制数据d l′,m进行重复,得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 时,发送所述s l包括: The data transmission method according to claim 4, characterized in that when the modulation data d l ', m is repeated, the data of the m-th path length N is obtained When sending the s l includes:
- 根据权利要求4至7任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,根据所述调制数据d l′得到M-1个调制数据,包括: The data transmission method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ includes:根据所述调制数据d l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d l′-1、以及时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d l′-2,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据d l′,1,其中,所述M-1大于或等于1;和/或 The modulated data to the d l ', l'-1 modulated data transmitted on time-domain symbol d l'-1, l'-2 and the time-domain symbol-modulated transmission data d l'-2, to obtain the M The first modulation data d l ′, 1 of the -1 modulation data, wherein M-1 is greater than or equal to 1; and / or根据所述调制数据d l′、时域符号l′-2上传输的调制数据d l′-2、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第2个调制数据d l′,2,其中,所述M-1大于或等于2;和/或 ', L'-2 modulated data transmitted on time-domain symbol d l'-2, and the time domain symbol l'-3 on the basis of the modulated data d l d l'-3 modulation data transmission, to obtain the M The second modulation data d l ′, 2 of the -1 modulation data, wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 2; and / or根据所述调制数据d l′、时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d l′-1、以及时域符号l′-3上传输的调制数据d l′-3,得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第3个调制数据d l′,3,其中,所述M-1大于或等于3; ', L'-1 time domain symbols according to said modulation on the modulated data d l d l'-3 data modulated transmission data d l'-1, and the transmission time-domain symbol l'-3, to obtain the M The third modulation data d l ′, 3 of the -1 modulation data, wherein the M-1 is greater than or equal to 3;其中,所述调制数据d l′的调制方式是二进制相移键控BPSK或者Pi/2-BPSK。 The modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is binary phase shift keying BPSK or Pi / 2-BPSK.
- 根据权利要求4至8任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,The data transmission method according to any one of claims 4 to 8, wherein:第1路滤波器系数C 1中的第n个值C 1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n个值C 0(n)、所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+2N个值C 0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+N个值C 0(n+N)确定;和/或 A first n-channel filter coefficients C 1 in the n-th value C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 of + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + Nth value C 0 (n + N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or第2路滤波器系数C 2中的第n个值C 2(n)根据所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n个值C 0(n)、所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+2N个值C 0(n+2N)、以及所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+3N个值C 0(n+3N)确定;和/或 The second n-channel n-th filter coefficient C value C 2 (n) 2 C 0 according to the filter coefficients in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 of + 2N values C 0 (n + 2N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined; and / or第3路滤波器系数C 3中的第n个值C 3(n)根据所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n个值C 0(n)、所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+N个值C 0(n+N)、以及所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+3N个值C 0(n+3N)确定; N values of the n-C 3 in the third path filter coefficient (n) based on the filter coefficients C 0 in the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 C 3 is + N values C 0 (n + N) and the n + 3Nth value C 0 (n + 3N) in the filter coefficient C 0 are determined;其中,所述调制数据d l′的调制方式是Pi/2-BPSK或者BPSK。 The modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 2-BPSK or BPSK.
- 根据权利要求4至7任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,根据所述调 制数据d l′得到M-1个调制数据,包括: The data transmission method according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein obtaining M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ includes:根据所述调制数据d l′以及时域符号l′-1上传输的调制数据d l′-1得到所述M-1个调制数据中的第1个调制数据;其中,所述M-1大于或等于1; Obtain the first modulation data among the M-1 modulation data according to the modulation data d l ′ and the modulation data d l′-1 transmitted on the time domain symbol l′-1; wherein, the M-1 Greater than or equal to 1;其中,所述调制数据d l′的调制方式是正交相移键控QPSK或者Pi/4-QPSK。 The modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is quadrature phase shift keying QPSK or Pi / 4-QPSK.
- 根据权利要求4、5、6、7、10中任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,The data transmission method according to any one of claims 4, 5, 6, 7, and 10, wherein:第1路滤波器系数C 1中的第n个值C 1(n)根据所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n个值C 0(n)、所述滤波器系数C 0中的第n+N个值C 0(n+N)确定; A first n-channel filter coefficients C 1 in the n-th value C 1 (n) The filter coefficients C 0 to the n-th value of C 0 (n), the filter coefficients C 0 of + N values C 0 (n + N) are determined;其中,所述调制数据d l′的调制方式是Pi/4-QPSK或者QPSK。 The modulation method of the modulation data d l ′ is Pi / 4-QPSK or QPSK.
- 根据权利要求4至11任一项所述的数据传输方法,其特征在于,所述根据调制数据d l′,m得到第m路长度为N的数据 包括: The data transmission method according to any one of claims 4 to 11, wherein the m-th path length N data is obtained according to the modulation data d l ', m . include:对所述调制数据d l′,m进行相位旋转,得到旋转后的d l′,m,根据所述旋转后的d l′,m得到所述第m路长度为N的数据 其中,所述调制数据d l′的调制方式是BPSK或者QPSK。 Perform phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′, m to obtain a rotated d l ′, m , and obtain the data of the m-th path length N according to the rotated d l ′, m . The modulation mode of the modulation data d l ′ is BPSK or QPSK.
- 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置被配置为实现如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的数据传输方法。A communication device, wherein the communication device is configured to implement the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-12.
- 一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器,以及存储器;其特征在于,A communication device includes: at least one processor, and a memory; and所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,使得所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的数据传输方法。The memory is used to store a computer program, so that when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-12 is implemented.
- 一种通信装置,包括:A communication device includes:第一数据处理单元,用于对于在时域符号l′上传输的调制数据d l′,根据所述调制数据d l′得到长度为N的数据 其中,l′为整数; A first data processing unit for the data symbols in the time domain N l 'on the modulated transmission data d l', 'obtained according to said modulation data length is d l Where l ′ is an integer;第二数据处理单元,用于根据所述 得到时域符号l上传输的数据s l,0,其中,s l,0的长度为N,s l,0中第n个数据s l,0(n)为 其中k1和offset为大于等于0的整数,k2为大于等于k1的整数, 为 中第n个数据,n是取值范围为0至N-1的整数,C 0(n+offset-l′×N)是滤波器系数C 0中的第n+offset-l′×N个值; A second data processing unit, configured to Time-domain symbol data transmission on S l l, a length of 0, where, S l, 0 to N, s l, 0 n-th data S l, 0 (n) is Where k1 and offset are integers greater than or equal to 0, k2 is an integer greater than or equal to k1, for The nth data in the data, n is an integer ranging from 0 to N-1, and C 0 (n + offset-l ′ × N) is the n + offset-l ′ × N number of filter coefficients C 0 value;发送单元,用于发送数据s l,0; A sending unit for sending data s l, 0 ;其中,所述根据调制数据d l′得到长度为N的数据 包括: Wherein, the data of length N is obtained according to the modulation data d l ′ . include:对所述调制数据d l′进行重复和相位旋转,得到所述长度为N的数据 或者, Performing repetition and phase rotation on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain data of length N or,对所述调制数据d l′进行频域资源映射和快速傅里叶反变换IFFT,得到所述长度为N的数据 或者, Performing frequency domain resource mapping and inverse fast Fourier transform IFFT on the modulation data d l ′ to obtain the data of length N or,
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其特征在于,所述程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-12中任一项所述的数据传输方法。A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a computer program, characterized in that when the program is executed by a processor, the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-12 is implemented.
- 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1-12中任一项所述的数据传输方法。A computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, causes the computer to perform the data transmission method according to any one of claims 1-12.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201811152698.3 | 2018-09-29 | ||
CN201811152698.3A CN110971555B (en) | 2018-09-29 | 2018-09-29 | Data transmission method and device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020063364A1 true WO2020063364A1 (en) | 2020-04-02 |
Family
ID=69953298
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2019/105608 WO2020063364A1 (en) | 2018-09-29 | 2019-09-12 | Data transmission method and apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN110971555B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020063364A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090225822A1 (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2009-09-10 | Miika Sakari Tupala | System and Methods for Receiving OFDM Symbols Having Timing and Frequency Offsets |
CN104639281A (en) * | 2013-11-12 | 2015-05-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method, device and system for data transmission control |
CN108183881A (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2018-06-19 | 韩国电子通信研究院 | Transmission device and transfer approach |
CN108476194A (en) * | 2016-01-14 | 2018-08-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Use Internet of Things(IOT)The broad sense frequency division multiplexing of the narrowband of equipment transmits |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US8385443B2 (en) * | 2009-07-17 | 2013-02-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Constructing very high throughput long training field sequences |
CN101984616B (en) * | 2010-11-19 | 2014-04-30 | 京信通信***(中国)有限公司 | Device for adaptively reducing peak-to-average power ratio and method and application thereof |
JP6180642B2 (en) * | 2014-08-07 | 2017-08-16 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Transmission device, reception device, communication system, transmission method, and reception method |
-
2018
- 2018-09-29 CN CN201811152698.3A patent/CN110971555B/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-09-12 WO PCT/CN2019/105608 patent/WO2020063364A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090225822A1 (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2009-09-10 | Miika Sakari Tupala | System and Methods for Receiving OFDM Symbols Having Timing and Frequency Offsets |
CN108183881A (en) * | 2012-06-19 | 2018-06-19 | 韩国电子通信研究院 | Transmission device and transfer approach |
CN104639281A (en) * | 2013-11-12 | 2015-05-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method, device and system for data transmission control |
CN108476194A (en) * | 2016-01-14 | 2018-08-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | Use Internet of Things(IOT)The broad sense frequency division multiplexing of the narrowband of equipment transmits |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN110971555B (en) | 2021-04-20 |
CN110971555A (en) | 2020-04-07 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7077397B2 (en) | Sequence-based signal processing methods and equipment | |
WO2020103687A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and apparatus | |
US11546193B2 (en) | Data compression method and apparatus | |
JP7463477B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for sequence-based signal processing | |
WO2020187132A1 (en) | Data channel transmission method and device | |
WO2014110924A1 (en) | Method and system for transmitting uplink demodulation reference signal | |
CN111262807B (en) | Data stream multiplexing method and terminal | |
WO2021000712A1 (en) | Symbol processing method and device | |
JP2023525703A (en) | OFDM-based Compressed Data Spreading Transmission Method and Apparatus | |
EP3879777B1 (en) | Sequence-based signal processing method and apparatus | |
WO2019096268A1 (en) | Sequence-based signal processing method and signal processing apparatus | |
US20210195568A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2020063260A1 (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
WO2020063364A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
WO2019062885A1 (en) | Signal processing method and apparatus based on sequence | |
WO2020143780A1 (en) | Signal processing method and device | |
WO2021000711A1 (en) | Symbol processing method and apparatus | |
WO2021134600A1 (en) | Signal transmission method and device | |
WO2023169302A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2022041081A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2023216878A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus, and storage medium | |
WO2022067826A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
CN116762414A (en) | Configuration based on power spectral density | |
CN116545596A (en) | Data processing method and device and related equipment | |
WO2016070699A1 (en) | Data sending method, reception method and device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19865795 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19865795 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |